Consolidated financial statements of the PKO Bank Polski S.A. Group for the year ended  31 December 2025

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA DERIVED FROM THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

PLN million

 

EUR million

 

2025

2024

Change %

(A-B)/B

2025

2024

Change %

(D-E)/E

A

B

C

D

E

F

Net interest income

24,223

22,153

9.3%

5,717

5,147

11.1%

Net fee and commission income

5,243

5,120

2.4%

1,237

1,190

3.9%

Net expected credit losses and net impairment allowances on non-financial assets

(1,467)

(1,475)

(0.5%)

(346)

(343)

0.9%

Administrative expenses

(9,439)

(8,487)

11.2%

(2,228)

(1,972)

13.0%

Profit before tax

13,848

12,728

8.8%

3,268

2,957

10.5%

Net profit (including non-controlling shareholders)

10,682

9,304

14.8%

2,521

2,162

16.6%

Net profit attributable to the parent company

10,682

9,304

14.8%

2,521

2,162

16.6%

Earnings per share for the period - basic (in PLN/EUR)*

8.55

7.44

14.9%

2.02

1.73

16.8%

Net comprehensive income

12,983

10,381

25.1%

3,064

2,412

27.0%

Total net cash flows

(3,323)

(2,918)

13.9%

(784)

(678)

15.6%

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

PLN million

 

EUR million

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Change %

(A-B)/B

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Change %

(D-E)/E

A

B

C

D

E

F

Total assets

583,079

525,225

11.0%

137,951

122,917

12.2%

Equity

58,503

52,370

11.7%

13,841

12,256

12.9%

Share capital

1,250

1,250

-

296

293

1.0%

Number of shares (in million)*

1,250

1,250

-

1,250

1,250

-

Book value per share (in PLN/EUR)*

46.8

41.90

11.7%

11.07

9.81

12.8%

Total capital ratio (%)**

17.10

19.04

(10.2%)

17.10

19.04

(10.2%)

Tier 1 capital**

45,623

45,089

1.2%

10,794

10,552

2.3%

Tier 2

4,499

3,039

48.0%

1,064

711

49.7%

* As there were no dilutive instruments, diluted earnings per share are equal to basic earnings per share.

** restated

SELECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENT ITEMS HAVE BEEN TRANSLATED INTO EUR AT THE FOLLOWING RATES

2025

2024

arithmetic mean of the NBP exchange rates at the end of a month (income statement, statement of comprehensive income and cash flow statement items)

4.2372

4.3042

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

NBP mid exchange rates at the date indicated (statement of financial position items)

4.2267

4.2730

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

General information about the Group

1. Activities of the Group

2. Changes in the Group companies

3. Information on members of the Supervisory Board and Management Board

4. Approval of the consolidated financial statements

5. Representation by the Management Board

6. Statement of compliance

7. Going concern

8. The basis for preparation of the financial statements

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

9. Functional currency, presentation currency and foreign currencies

10. Basis of consolidation

10.1. Subsidiaries

10.2. Consolidation

10.3. acquisition of subsidiaries (business combinations)

10.4. Associates and joint ventures

11. General significant accounting policies for financial instruments

11.1. Recognition of transactions in the statement of financial position

11.2. Offsetting financial instruments

11.3. Derecognition of financial instruments from the statement of financial position

11.4. The principles for classification of financial instruments

11.5. Measurement category of financial assets at amortized cost

11.6. Measurement category of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

11.7. Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss

11.8. Equity instruments

11.9. Reclassification of financial assets

11.10. Modifications - Change in contractual cash flows

11.11. Measurement of purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (POCI)

11.12. Measurement of financial liabilities

11.13. Reverse repo transactions

12. Environmental issues

13. Changes in accounting policies applicable from 1 January 2025 and explanation of the differences between previously published financial statements and these financial statements

14. New standards and interpretations, and amendments to standards

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES TO THE INCOME STATEMENT

15. Interest income and expenseand similar income and expense

16. Fee and commission income and expenses

17. Gains/(losses) on financial transactions

18. Net foreign exchange gains/ (losses)

19. Other operating income and expenses

20. Net allowances for expected credit losses

21. Impairment of non-financial assets

22. Cost of the legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies

23. Administrative expenses

24. Tax on certain financial institutions

25. Income tax expense

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

26. Cash and balances with the Central Bank

27. Amounts due from banks

28. Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments

28.1. Hedge accounting – financial information

28.2. Other derivative instruments – financial information

29. Securities

30. Loans and advances to customers

31. Amounts due to banks

32. Amounts due to customers

33. Financing received

34. insurance business

35. Intangible assets

36. Property, plant and equipment

37. Investments in associates and joint ventures

37.1. Joint ventures

37.2. Associates

38. Other assets

39. Other liabilities

40. Provisions

41. Contingent liabilities and off-balance sheet liabilities received and granted

42. Legal claims

43. Equity and shareholding structure of the Bank

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

44. Fair value hierarchy

45. Financial assets and financial liabilities not presented at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position

RISK MANAGEMENT WITHIN THE GROUP

46. Risk management in the Group

47. Credit risk management

48. Credit risk – financial information

48.1. Financial assets by stage

48.2. Change in the gross carrying amount

48.3. Changes in allowances for expected credit losses

48.4. Other disclosures

49. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

50. Managing credit concentration risk in the Group

51. Exposure to the counterparty credit risk

52. Forbearance practices

53. Information on package sale of receivables

54. Interest rate risk management

55. Currency risk management

56. Liquidity risk management

57. Assets pledged as collateral for liabilities and transferred financial assets

58. Management of insurance and financial risks in the group's insurance business

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AT THE GROUP

59. Capital adequacy

60. Dividends and distribution of retained earnings

OTHER NOTES

61. Segment reporting

62. Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement

63. Transactions with the State Treasury and related entities

64. Benefits for the PKO Bank Polski S.A. key management

65. Leases

65.1. Leases - Lessor

65.2. Leases - lessee

65.3. Lessee

65.4. Lessor – Operating leases

65.5. Lessor – Finance leases

66. Information on the audit firm authorized to audit the financial statements

67. Impact of the geopolitical situation in Ukraine on the PKO Bank Polski S.A. Group

68. Interest rate benchmarks reform

69. Events that occurred after the date on which the financial statements are prepared

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT

Note

2025

2024

Net interest income

15

24,223

22,153

 Interest and similar income

 

33,275

32,139

 of which calculated under the effective interest rate method

 

32,958

31,733

 Interest expense

 

(9,052)

(9,986)

Net fee and commission income

 16

5,243

5,120

Fee and commission income

 

7,069

6,787

Fee and commission expense

 

(1,826)

(1,667)

Net other income

 

877

1,463

 Net income from insurance business, of which:

34

616

669

insurance revenue (net of reinsurance)

 

1,531

1,451

cost of insurance activities (net of reinsurance)

 

(764)

(629)

Dividend income

 

14

26

Gains/(losses) on financial transactions

 17

242

262

Net foreign exchange gains/(losses)

 18 

267

209

Gains/(losses) on derecognition of financial instruments

 

51

124

 including measured at amortized cost

 

9

46

Net other operating income and expense, of which:

19

(313)

173

other operating income

 

439

454

other operating expenses

 

(752)

(281)

Result on business activities

 

30,343

28,736

Net allowances for expected credit losses

 20

(894)

(966)

Impairment of non-financial assets

 21

(573)

(509)

Cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies

 22

(4,365)

(4,899)

Administrative expenses

 23

(9,439)

(8,487)

Tax on certain financial institutions

 24

(1,349)

(1,270)

Share in profits and losses of associates and joint ventures

 37

125

123

Profit before tax

 

13,848

12,728

Income tax expense

 25

(3,166)

(3,424)

 

 

 

 

Net profit (including non-controlling shareholders)

 

10,682

9,304

Net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company

 

10,682

9,304

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) per share: basic/diluted for the period (PLN)

 

8.55

7.44

Weighted average number of ordinary shares during the period (in million)*

 

1,250

1,250

* As there were no dilutive instruments, diluted earnings per share are equal to basic earnings per share.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Note

2025

2024

Net profit (including non-controlling shareholders)

 

10,682

9,304

 Other comprehensive income

 

2,301

1,077

 Items which may be reclassified to profit or loss

 

2,306

1,080

Cash flow hedges (net)

 28

1,263

738

Gains/losses recognized in other comprehensive income during the period

 

426

(797)

Amounts transferred from other comprehensive income to the income statement

 

1,152

1,708

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges

 25

(315)

(173)

Fair value of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (net)

 

1,124

352

        Remeasurement of fair value, gross

 

1,453

509

 Gains /losses transferred to the profit or loss (on disposal)

 

(42)

(78)

Deferred tax on fair value of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 25

(287)

(79)

Currency translation differences on foreign operations

 

(95)

(35)

Share in other comprehensive income of associates

and joint ventures

 

14

23

Finance income and costs from insurance business, net

34

-

2

        Finance income and costs from insurance business, gross

 

-

2

        Deferred tax on finance income and costs from insurance business

 

-

-

Items which cannot be reclassified to profit or loss

 

(5)

(3)

Actuarial gains and losses (net)

 

(5)

(3)

        Actuarial gains and losses (gross)

 40

(12)

(3)

Deferred tax on actuarial gains and losses

25

7

-

Total net comprehensive income, of which attributable to:

 

12,983

10,381

    equity holders of the parent entity

 

12,983

10,381

    non-controlling interest

 

-

-

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

 

Note

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

ASSETS

 

583,079

525,225

Cash and balances with Central Bank

26

21,919

23,494

Amounts due from banks

27

4,477

5,089

Hedging derivatives

28

21

120

Other derivative instruments

28

2,415

1,999

Securities

29

241,484

210,531

Reverse repo transactions

 

2,010

892

Loans and advances to customers

30

293,411

266,158

Assets in respect of insurance activities

34

88

105

Property, plant and equipment under operating lease

65

3,102

2,653

Property, plant and equipment

36

3,429

3,320

Non-current assets held for sale

 

5

11

Intangible assets

35

4,184

4,153

Investments in associates and joint ventures

37

325

291

Current income tax receivable

 

12

6

Deferred tax assets

25

2,620

3,056

Other assets

38

3,577

3,347

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

583,079

525,225

Liabilities

 

524,576

472,855

Amounts due to Central bank

 

10

11

Amounts due to banks

31

3,440

2,373

Hedging derivatives

28

122

285

Other derivative instruments

28

2,701

2,396

Reverse repo transactions

 

22

-

Amounts due to customers

32

460,722

419,778

Liabilities in respect of insurance activities

34

1,827

2,449

Loans and advances received

33

1,059

1,268

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

33

29,580

23,457

Subordinated liabilities

33

6,309

4,291

Other liabilities

39

9,303

8,188

Current income tax liabilities

 

936

899

Deferred income tax liabilities

25

909

809

Provisions

40

7,636

6,651

EQUITY

 

58,503

52,370

Share capital

 

1,250

1,250

Reserves and accumulated other comprehensive income

 

35,361

30,503

Unappropriated profits

 

11,221

11,324

Net profit or loss for the year

 

10,682

9,304

Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the parent company

 

58,514

52,381

Non-controlling interests

 

(11)

(11)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

31 DECEMBER 2025

Share capital

Reserves and accumulated other comprehensive income

Unappropriated profits

Net profit or loss for the period

Total capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the parent company

Total non-controlling interests

Total equity

Reserves

Accumulated other comprehensive income

Reserves and accumulated other comprehensive income

Supplementary capital

General banking risk fund

Other reserves

As at the beginning of the period

1,250

22,858

1,070

8,890

(2,315)

30,503

11,324

9,304

52,381

(11)

52,370

Transfer from retained earnings

-

-

-

-

-

-

9,304

(9,304)

-

-

-

Transfer between retained earnings and capitals, including reserve capital for the payment of dividends (including interim dividends)*

-

145

-

2,412

-

2,557

(2,557)

-

-

-

-

Dividend

-

-

-

-

-

-

(6,850)

-

(6,850)

-

(6,850)

Comprehensive income

-

-

-

-

2,301

2,301

-

10,682

12,983

-

12,983

As at the end of the period

1,250

23,003

1,070

11,302

(14)

35,361

11,221

10,682

58,514

(11)

58,503

* For information on the distribution of profit for 2024, see Note “Dividends and profit appropriation

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

31 DECEMBER 2025

Accumulated other comprehensive income

Share in other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

Fair value of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Cash flow hedges

 

Finance income and costs from insurance business

Actuarial gains and losses

Currency translation differences on foreign operations

 

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(43)

(669)

(1,122)

1

(27)

(455)

(2,315)

Comprehensive income

14

1,124

1,263

-

(5)

(95)

2,301

As at the end of the period

(29)

455

141

1

(32)

(550)

(14)

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

31 DECEMBER 2024

Share capital

Reserves and accumulated other comprehensive income

 

Net profit or loss for the period

Total capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the parent company

Total non-controlling interests

Total equity

Reserves

Accumulated other comprehensive income

Reserves and accumulated other comprehensive income

Unappropriated profits

Supplementary capital

General banking risk fund

Other reserves

As at the beginning of the period

1,250

22,860

1,070

7,138

(3,392)

27,676

10,810

5,502

45,238

(11)

45,227

Transfer from retained earnings

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,502

(5,502)

-

-

-

Transfer between retained earnings and equity, including reserve capital for the payment of dividends (including interim dividends)

-

(2)

-

1,752

-

1,750

(1,750)

-

-

-

-

Interim dividend

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3,238)

-

(3,238)

-

(3,238)

Comprehensive income

-

-

-

-

1,077

1,077

-

9,304

10,381

-

10,381

As at the end of the period

1,250

22,858

1,070

8,890

(2,315)

30,503

11,324

9,304

52,381

(11)

52,370

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

31 DECEMBER 2024

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

Share in other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

Fair value of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Cash flow hedges

 

Finance income and costs from insurance business

Actuarial gains and losses

Currency translation differences on foreign operations

 

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(66)

(1,021)

(1,860)

(1)

(24)

(420)

(3,392)

Comprehensive income

23

352

738

2

(3)

(35)

1,077

As at the end of the period

(43)

(669)

(1,122)

1

(27)

(455)

(2,315)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

Note

2025

2024

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

Profit before tax

 

13,848

12,728

Income tax paid

 

(3,186)

(2,854)

Total adjustments:

 

1,190

(15,772)

Depreciation and amortization

23, 16

1,641

1,532

(Gains)/losses on investing activities

 

(27)

(60)

Net interest income (from income statement)

 

(24,223)

(22,153)

Interest received

60 

25,389

24,723

Interest paid

60 

(7,814)

(10,614)

Dividends received

 

(14)

(15)

Change in:

 

 

 

amounts due from banks

 

(1,414)

(1,045)

hedging derivatives

 

(62)

(135)

other derivative instruments

 

(111)

(960)

securities

 

(6,415)

(6,364)

loans and advances to customers

 

(29,366)

(19,679)

reverse repo transactions

 

(1,116)

(519)

assets in respect of insurance activities

 

17

(15)

property, plant and equipment under operating lease

 

(449)

(543)

non-current assets held for sale

 

7

7

other assets

 

(613)

(1,268)

accumulated allowances for expected credit losses

 

314

(1,134)

accumulated allowances on non-financial assets and other provisions

 

1,611

3,176

amounts due to the Central Bank

 

(1)

1

amounts due to banks

 

1,068

(778)

amounts due to customers

 

41,056

21,535

repo transactions

 

22

-

liabilities in respect of insurance activities

 

(622)

(466)

loan and advances received

 

(14)

(88)

liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

 

150

59

subordinated liabilities

 

(1)

(2)

other liabilities

 

1,389

(1,073)

Other adjustments

 

788

106

Net cash from/used in operating activities

 

11,852

(5,898)

 

 

Note

2025

2024

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

Inflows from investing activities

 

355,895

758,951

Redemption of securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

318,078

731,859

Redemption of securities measured at amortized cost

 

29,112

19,353

Interest received on securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

4,415

4,695

Interest received on securities measured at amortized cost

 

4,178

2,844

Proceeds from disposal of intangible assets, property, plant and equipment and assets held for sale

 

63

137

Other inflows from investing activities including dividends

60 

49

63

Outflows on investing activities

 

(370,182)

(757,112)

Purchase of securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

(321,591)

(716,728)

Purchase of securities measured at amortized cost

 

(47,237)

(39,131)

Purchase of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

 

(1,354)

(1,252)

Other outflows on investing activities

 

-

(1)

Net cash from/used in investing activities

 

(14,287)

1,839

 

 

Note

2025

2024

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

Distribution of dividends

 

(6,850)

(4,837)

Proceeds from debt securities in issue

60 

26,256

23,892

Redemption of debt securities

60 

(20,236)

(17,892)

Proceeds from issue of subordinated bonds

60 

2,000

1,500

Taking up loans and advances

60 

-

-

Repayment of loans and advances

60 

(191)

(192)

Payment of lease liabilities

60 

(279)

(286)

Repayment of interest on financial liabilities

60 

(1,588)

(1,044)

Net cash from financing activities

 

(888)

1,141

Total net cash flows

 

(3,323)

(2,918)

of which foreign exchange differences on cash and cash equivalents

 

(136)

(137)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

 

27,294

30,212

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

60 

23,971

27,294

 

General information about the Group

1.      Activities of the Group

Basic information on the parent company:

Name of the reporting entity

Powszechna Kasa Oszczędności Bank Polski Spółka Akcyjna (PKO Bank Polski S.A. or the Bank)

Country of registration

Poland

Registered office

Warsaw

Address of the registered office of the entity

On 27 June 2025, the address of the Bank with its registered office in Warsaw changed from: ul. Puławska 15, 02-515 Warsaw to: ul. Świętokrzyska 36, 00-116 Warsaw.

National Court Register

District Court for the Capital City of Warsaw in Warsaw, 12th Commercial Division of the National Court Register

Entry number 0000026438

Statistical ID No (REGON):

016298263

Core activities of the Bank and the Group:

Business activities of the Bank: A bank which services both Polish and foreign individuals, legal and other entities.

Activities of the Group's subsidiaries: offering mortgage loans, providing specialized financial services related to leases, factoring, debt collection, investment funds, pension funds and insurance, as well as providing services related to car fleet management, transfer agent, technological solutions, IT outsourcing and business support provided to other entities, and real estate management.

Place of business:

Poland and abroad in the form of a branch in the Federal Republic of Germany, the Czech Republic, the Slovak Republic and Romania, in the form of a representative office in Sweden and Lithuania, as well as subsidiaries in Ukraine, Sweden and Ireland

Key information on the Powszechna Kasa Oszczędności Bank Polski Spółka Akcyjna Group (the Group)

No.

ENTITY NAME

REGISTERED OFFICE

ACTIVITY

OWNERSHIP INTEREST (%)

DIRECT SUBSIDIARIES

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

1

PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A.

Warsaw

banking activities

100

100

2

PKO Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A.

Warsaw

investment fund management

100

100

3

PKO Leasing S.A.

Warsaw

leases and loans

100

100

4

PKO BP BANKOWY PTE S.A.

Warsaw

pension fund management

100

100

5

PKO BP Finat sp. z o.o.

Warsaw

services, including transfer agent services and outsourcing of IT specialists

100

100

6

PKO Życie Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A.

Warsaw

life insurance

100

100

7

PKO Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A.

Warsaw

other personal insurance and property insurance

100

100

8

PKO Finance AB

Sollentuna, Sweden

financial services

100

100

9

KREDOBANK S.A.

Lviv, Ukraine

banking activities

100

100

10

NEPTUN - fizan1

Warsaw

investing funds collected from fund participants

100

100

11

PKO VC - fizan1

Warsaw

100

100

1 PKO Bank Polski S.A. holds investment certificates of the Fund; the percentage of the Fund’s investment certificates held is presented in the item “Share in capital”.

No.

ENTITY NAME

REGISTERED OFFICE

ACTIVITY

OWNERSHIP INTEREST (%)*

INDIRECT SUBSIDIARIES

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

 

PKO Leasing S.A. GROUP

 

 

 

 

1

PKO Agencja Ubezpieczeniowa sp. z o.o.

Warsaw

intermediation in concluding insurance agreements

100

100

 

1.1 PKO Leasing Finanse sp. z o.o.

Warsaw

sale of post-lease assets

100

100

2

PKO Leasing Sverige AB

Stockholm, Sweden

leasing

100

100

3

Prime Car Management S.A.

Gdańsk

leasing, fleet management

100

100

 

3.1 Futura Leasing S.A.

Gdańsk

sale of post-lease assets

100

100

 

3.2 Masterlease sp. z o.o.

Gdańsk

leasing

100

100

 

3.3 MasterRent24 sp. z o.o.

Gdańsk

short-term lease of cars

100

100

4

PKO Faktoring S.A.

Warsaw

factoring

100

100

5

Polish Lease Prime 1 DAC1

Dublin, Ireland

SPV established for securitization of lease receivables

 -

 -

 

PKO Życie Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A. GROUP

 

 

 

Ubezpieczeniowe Usługi Finansowe sp. z o.o.4

Warsaw

services,

-

100

 

KREDOBANK S.A. GROUP

 

 

 

 

6

“KREDOLEASING” sp. z o.o.

Lviv, Ukraine

leasing

100

100

 

NEPTUN - fizan

 

 

 

 

7

Qualia sp. z o.o.

Warsaw

after-sale services in respect of developer products

100

100

 

Sarnia Dolina sp. z o.o. w likwidacji (in liquidation)4

Warsaw

development activities

-

100

8

Bankowe Towarzystwo Kapitałowe S.A.

Warsaw

services,

100

100

 

8.1 “Inter-Risk Ukraina” spółka z dodatkową odpowiedzialnością2

Kyiv, Ukraine

debt collection

99.90

99.90

 

8.2 Finansowa Kompania „Prywatne Inwestycje” sp. z o.o.3

Kyiv, Ukraine

financial services

95.4676

95.4676

 

8.2.1 “Idea Kapitał” sp. z o.o.

Lviv, Ukraine

services,

100

100

9

“Sopot Zdrój" sp. z o.o.

Sopot

property management

72.9769

72.9769

10

“Zarząd Majątkiem Górczewska” sp. z o.o.

Warsaw

property management

100

100

 

Molina sp. z o.o. w likwidacji (in liquidation)4

Warsaw

general partner in partnerships limited by shares of a fund

-

100

 

Molina spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością w likwidacji 1 S.K.A. (in liquidation)4

Warsaw

buying and selling real estate on own account, real estate management

-

100

 

Molina spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością 4 S.K.A. w likwidacji (in liquidation) 4

Warsaw

-

100

 

Molina spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością 6 S.K.A. w likwidacji (in liquidation) 4

Warsaw

-

100

* share of direct parent in the entity’s equity

  1 In accordance with IFRS 10, PKO Leasing S.A. exercises control over the company, although it does not have a capital share in it. The Company is placed in liquidation.

2 Finansowa Kompania “Prywatne Inwestycje” sp. z o.o. is the second shareholder of the company.

3 “Inter-Risk Ukraina” – a company with additional liability – is the second shareholder of the company.

4 See Note “Changes in the Group companies.

 

No.

ENTITY NAME

REGISTERED OFFICE

ACTIVITY

OWNERSHIP INTEREST (%)*

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

 

Joint ventures of PKO Bank Polski S.A.

 

 

1

Operator Chmury Krajowej sp. z o.o.

Warsaw

cloud computing services

50

50

2

Centrum Elektronicznych Usług Płatniczych eService sp. z o.o.

Warsaw

financial services support activities, including handling transactions concluded using payment instruments

34

34

 

1 EVO Payments International s.r.o.1

Prague, the Czech Republic

financial services support activities

34

34

 

Joint venture NEPTUN - fizan

 

 

 

 

 

2 „Centrum Obsługi Biznesu" sp. z o.o.

Poznań

property management

41.45

41.45

 

Joint venture PKO VC - fizan

 

 

 

 

 

3 BSafer sp. z o.o.

Stalowa Wola

managing marketing consents

35.06

35.06

 

Associates of PKO Bank Polski S.A.

 

 

1

Bank Pocztowy S.A.

Bydgoszcz

banking activities

25.0001

25.0001

2

“Poznański Fundusz Poręczeń Kredytowych”

sp. z o.o.

Poznań

guarantees

33.33

33.33

3

System Ochrony Banków Komercyjnych S.A.

Warsaw

manager of the security system referred to in Article 130e of the Banking Law

21.11

21.11

*share in equity of the entity exercising joint control / having a significant impact / the direct parent.

1 share in the entity's equity from the perspective of the parent company PKO Bank Polski S.A.

2.      Changes in the Group companies

In 2025, the liquidation process was completed and the following companies were deleted from the National Court Register:

        5 subsidiaries from the NEPTUN fizan portfolio: Molina spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością w likwidacji (in liquidation), Molina spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością w likwidacji 1 S.K.A. w likwidacji (in liquidation), Molina spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością 4 S.K.A. w likwidacji (in liquidation), Molina spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością 6 S.K.A. w likwidacji (in liquidation), Sarnia Dolina sp. z o.o. w likwidacji (in liquidation);

        subsidiary of PKO Życie Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A. - Ubezpieczeniowe Usługi Finansowe sp. z o.o. w likwidacji (in liquidation).

In 2025, the above companies ceased to be part of the Group.

 

3.      Information on members of the Supervisory Board and Management Board

Composition of the Bank's Supervisory Board as at 31 December 2025:

         Tomasz Siemiątkowski – Chair of the Supervisory Board,

         Katarzyna Zimnicka-Jankowska – Deputy Chair of the Supervisory Board,

         Marek Panfil – Secretary of the Supervisory Board

         Maciej Cieślukowski – Member of the Supervisory Board,

         Jerzy Kalinowski - Member of the Supervisory Board,

         Hanna Kuzińska - Member of the Supervisory Board,

         Małgorzata Prochwicz-O’Shaughnessy - Member of the Supervisory Board,

         Jerzy Śledziewski – Member of the Supervisory Board,

         Paweł Waniowski – Member of the Supervisory Board,

        Anna Zabłocka-Wiercińska - Member of the Supervisory Board.

Composition of the Bank's Management Board as at 31 December 2025:

        Szymon Midera – President of the Management Board,

        Krzysztof Dresler – Vice-President of the Management Board,

        Ludmiła Falak-Cyniak - Vice-President of the Management Board,

        Piotr Mazur - Vice-President of the Management Board,

        Tomasz Pol – Vice-President of the Management Board

        Marek Radzikowski - Vice-President of the Management Board,

        Michał Sobolewski – Vice-President of the Management Board

        Mariusz Zarzycki - Vice-President of the Management Board.

A detailed description of the composition, competencies and operating principles of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board of the Bank, including changes in their composition in 2025 – Note 11 “Corporate Governance of the “Directors’ Report of the PKO Bank Polski S.A. Group for 2025 prepared jointly with the Directors’ Report of PKO Bank Polski S.A. (“Directors’ Report”).

4.      Approval of the consolidated financial statements

The consolidated financial statements of the Group (financial statements), subject to review by the Audit Committee, were approved for publication by the Management Board on 10 March 2026 and adopted by the Supervisory Board on 11 March 2026.

5.      Representation by the Management Board

The Management Board hereby represents that, to its best knowledge, the financial statements of the Group and the comparative data have been prepared in accordance with the applicable accounting policies and that they give a true, fair and clear view of the Group's financial position and its financial result.

6.      Statement of compliance

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) endorsed by the European Union as at 31 December 2025, and in areas not regulated by the above standards, in accordance with the requirements of the Accounting Act of 29 September 1994 and the respective secondary legislation issued on its basis, as well as the requirements relating to issuers of securities admitted or sought to be admitted to trading on the official stock exchange market.

7.      Going concern

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval for publication by the Management Board, i.e. from 10 March 2026. As at the date of signing of these financial statements, the Management Board of the Bank did not identify any facts or circumstances which would indicate any threats to the Group’s ability to continue in operation as a going concern for at least 12 months after the publication as a result of intended or forced discontinuing or significantly curtailing the existing operations of the Group.

The Management Board has analysed the current economic and geopolitical situation as well as the risk associated with foreign currency mortgage loans and has concluded that these factors do not give rise to any material uncertainty regarding the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

External business conditions, including the macroeconomic environment, situation on the financial markets, situation of the Polish banking and non-banking sector, the regulatory and legal environment, as well as factors that will affect future financial results – Note 2 “External business conditions” of the Directors' Report.

Disclosures regarding the situation in Ukraine – Note “Impact of the geopolitical situation in Ukraine on the PKO Bank Polski S.A. Group.”, and the legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies - Note “Cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies”.

8.      The basis for preparation of the financial statements

The financial statements of the Group cover the year ended 31 December 2025 and contain comparative data for the year ended 31 December 2024 and as at 31 December 2024.

The financial data is presented in millions of Polish zlotys (PLN), unless otherwise indicated. Figures have been rounded to the nearest million Polish zloty and any differences from previously published figures may be due to rounding.

The annual separate financial statements of PKO Bank Polski S.A. for the year ended 31 December 2025 will be published and approved on the same date as these financial statements. The requirement for their preparation and publication arises from the provisions of law.

In the financial statements, the Group has applied a fair value basis in respect of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, including derivatives, and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. The remaining financial assets are recognized by the Group at amortized cost less allowances for expected credit losses, and remaining financial liabilities at amortized cost. Non-current assets are measured at acquisition cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Non-current assets (or groups of such assets) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

While preparing the financial statements, the Group makes estimates and assumptions that affect the data in the financial statements and supplementary information. Estimates and assumptions concern assets, liabilities, income and expenses. They are based on historical data and other available factors considered appropriate in a given situation. Future expectations and available information are used to measure assets and liabilities that cannot be determined directly. The estimation takes into consideration the reasons and sources of the uncertainties anticipated at the end of the reporting period. Actual results may differ from estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis, and changes in estimates are recognized in the period to which they relate.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Significant accounting policies as well as estimates and judgements applied in the preparation of these financial statements are described in this chapter and in individual notes later in this document. These policies were applied consistently in all the presented years.

9.      Functional currency, presentation currency and foreign currencies

The financial statements are presented in Polish zlotys, which are the functional currency and presentation currency of the Bank – the parent company and the majority of entities included in these statements. Items of the statement of financial position are translated into the presentation currency from the functional currency using the NBP mid-exchange rate at the end of the reporting period for entities conducting activities outside the territory of the Republic of Poland:

        Ukraine - Ukrainian hryvnia (UAH),

        Germany, Slovakia, Sweden and Ireland - euro (EUR),

        the Czech Republic - Czech koruna (CZK),

        Romania - Romanian leu (RON).

      Transactions and balances in foreign currencies

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction.

At the end of the reporting period, the Group translates:

        monetary items – at the closing exchange rate, i.e. the NBP mid-exchange rate as at the end of the period,

        non-monetary items carried at historical cost (e.g. property, plant and equipment, intangible assets) – at the NBP mid-exchange rate as at the transaction date,

        non-monetary items measured at fair value (e.g. equity instruments classified as financial assets) – at the NBP exchange rate as at the date of determining the fair value.

Foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in the income statement under net foreign exchange gains/(losses).

 

UAH/PLN

EUR/PLN

CZK/PLN

RON/PLN

 

2025

2024

2025

2024

2025

2024

2025

2024

Exchange rate prevailing on the last day of the period

0.0851

0.0976

4.2267

4.2730

0.1746

0.1699

0.8291

0.8589

Exchange rate representing the arithmetic mean of the exchange rates prevailing on the last day of each month of a given period

0.0900

0.0991

4.2372

4.3042

0.1719

0.1712

0.8397

0.8652

Highest exchange rate in the period

0.0973

0.1069

4.2778

4.3530

0.1754

0.1753

0.8594

0.8750

Lowest exchange rate in the period

0.0851

0.0926

4.1575

4.2678

0.1661

0.1688

0.8291

0.8576

 

10.  Basis of consolidation

10.1.        Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group (the parent company). This means that the Group:

       has power over these entities,

       bears the risks and has rights to their variable financial returns

       has the ability to affect its returns through this power.

PKO Leasing S.A. (PKOL, a subsidiary of the Group) controls Polish Lease Prime 1 DAC although it does not have a capital share in it. It is a special purpose vehicle (SPV) used for securitization of lease receivables (cars, trucks, equipment). The SPV meets the definition of a structured entity and is subject to consolidation.

The Group is not an investment entity.

10.2.        Consolidation

All subsidiaries of the Group are consolidated using the full consolidation method.

The Group recognizes in other comprehensive income exchange differences arising from the translation into Polish zlotys of:

        the assets and liabilities of foreign entities at the closing exchange rate on the balance sheet date.

        income and expenses of foreign operations at an exchange rate approximating the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates (the arithmetic mean of the NBP mid-exchange rates at the end of each month is used).

The subsidiaries of the Group prepare their financial statements for the same period as the parent company. In order to avoid differences in the accounting policies applied by the Bank and its subsidiaries, the Group introduces consolidation adjustments.

10.3.        acquisition of subsidiaries (business combinations)

The Group accounts for acquisitions of subsidiaries using the acquisition method.

10.4.        Associates and joint ventures

The Group initially recognizes investments in associates and joint ventures at acquisition cost, and subsequently accounts for them using the equity method. At the end of each period, it assesses whether there is any evidence of impairment of these investments. If so, it determines the recoverable amount – this is the higher of two amounts:

        value in use (based on projected cash flows from the continued use of the assets using models dedicated individually to each entity, discounted using an individual rate based on the cost of capital),

        fair value less costs to sell (e.g. a current purchase offer or value estimated based on valuation techniques commonly used by market participants (including valuations prepared by a specialized external entity).

If the carrying amount of the investment is higher than its recoverable amount, the Group recognizes an impairment loss in the income statement under "Share in profits and losses of associates and joint ventures".

11.  General significant accounting policies for financial instruments

11.1.        Recognition of transactions in the statement of financial position

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized in the statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument:

        Financial assets purchased or sold in regular way transactions (with delivery within the time frame established by market regulations) - on the transaction settlement date,

        Loans and advances - when the funds are disbursed to the borrower,

        Derivative instruments - at fair value from the transaction date.

11.2.        Offsetting financial instruments

The Group offsets financial assets and financial liabilities and presents them in the statement of financial position on a net basis if:

        it has a legally enforceable right to offset,

        it intends either to settle them on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

11.3.        Derecognition of financial instruments from the statement of financial position

The Group derecognizes financial assets from the statement of financial position when:

        the contractual rights to the cash flows from these assets expire,

        there are no reasonable expectations of recovering them in whole or in part,

        the asset is substantially modified,

        the asset has been transferred to another entity in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards incident to ownership are transferred, or the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards incident to ownership and has not retained control over the asset.

Assets are also derecognized when they have been invalidated by a final court judgment, forgiven, expired or are uncollectible.

Derecognition is performed against allowances for expected credit losses or gross carrying amount adjustments (e.g. in the case of legal risk relating to mortgage loans in foreign currencies). If no allowances or adjustments to the gross carrying amount for legal risk have been recognized or their amount is lower than the value of the financial asset, before its write-off, such allowance or adjustment is increased by the difference between the value of the asset and the amount of the allowance or adjustment recognized to date.

Financial liabilities are derecognized from the statement of financial position when they are extinguished, i.e. when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires.

11.4.        The principles for classification of financial instruments

The Group classifies financial assets into one of the following categories:

        measured at amortized cost,

        measured at fair value through other comprehensive income,

        measured at fair value through profit or loss.

The Group classifies financial liabilities into one of the following categories:

        measured at amortized cost,

        measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Classification of financial assets on the date of acquisition or origination depends on:

        the Group's business model adopted for managing a given group of assets

        the characteristics of contractual cash flows arising from a single asset or a group of assets.

business model

The business model is determined for groups of assets depending on the area of business in which they originated or were acquired. When determining it, the following is taken into account:

        business objectives and investment policies (how assets are managed and cash flows are generated),

        the method of evaluating and reporting portfolio performance,

        risk management and remuneration policies for the persons managing these portfolios,

        the volume, frequency, timing and reasons for sales of assets.

Upon initial recognition of financial assets, the Group assigns them to existing business models.

The Group's business models:

        Held to collect – assets are held to collect contractual cash flows (typical of lending activities).

In the "held to collect" business model, the Group sets out the following criteria regarding acceptable sales of financial assets:

           insignificant sales (below 5% of the portfolio), even if frequent,

           infrequent sales – an incidental number of sales transactions during the year, even despite a significant value,

           sales close to maturity (a period not longer than 5% of the remaining time to maturity),

           "incidental sales" in the event of an increase in risk, change in law or regulations - sales executed in order to maintain the assumed level of regulatory capital on the terms described in the management strategy for such portfolios.

        Held to collect and sell – assets are held to collect cash flows, but may also be sold - frequently and in significant value transactions (typical of liquidity management).

        The residual model – other than the "held to collect" and "held to collect and sell" models, comprises portfolios held for sale and those where fair value is the key performance indicator.

Sales levels in the "held to collect and sell" model and in the "residual" model are higher than in the "held to collect" model.

Assessment of the contractual cash flow characteristics

The assessment of the contractual cash flow characteristics involves conducting a test of contractual cash flows (the SPPI test - Solely Payments of Principal and Interest test). The test determines whether the cash flows from this asset are solely:

        payments of principal (the fair value of the financial asset upon initial recognition),

        interest (comprising consideration for the time value of money, credit risk, other basic lending risks and costs, as well as the profit margin).

The characteristics of cash flows do not affect the classification of the asset if:

        it has an insignificant effect on the cash flows (de minimis feature) - the Group verifies this by calculating the percentage change in cash flows in each reporting period and cumulatively over the life of the instrument,

        it is non-genuine - it affects the cash flows only upon the occurrence of events that are extremely rare, highly abnormal and very unlikely to occur.

The Group assesses the impact of contractual cash flow characteristics in each reporting period and cumulatively over the entire life of the instrument.

The SPPI test is performed for each asset in the "held to collect" and "held to collect and sell" models upon initial recognition (and following a substantial modification of the asset).

For assets associated with sustainable development (e.g. green loans with a reduced margin upon delivery of an energy certificate), the Group verifies:

        the impact of this feature on the cash flows in each reporting period and over the entire lending period,

        whether the impact is linked to credit risk.

If the change in margin depends on the level of credit risk (e.g. higher risk equals higher interest rate), the SPPI criteria are met.

The Group analyses the characteristics of financial assets that cause the SPPI test to fail, including:

        leverage in the calculation of the interest rate (a multiplier higher than 1),

        a creditor's right to participate in the profit (the cash flows are not solely payments of principal and interest),

        limitation of the debtor's liabilities (non-recourse assets),

        prepayment and extension options dependent on events unrelated to the contract or credit risk,

        covenants that result in a negative relationship between the loan margin and the level of credit risk,

        interest rates set unilaterally by the Group (so-called administered rates) if they are not close to the market floating rate.

If, on the basis of a qualitative assessment in the SPPI test, it cannot be determined whether the cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest, or in the case of a modification of the time value of money, the Group performs a benchmark test (quantitative assessment). It consists in comparing the non-discounted contractual cash flows with the non-discounted cash flows that would arise if the time value of money had not been modified (the reference level of cash flows). The modification of the time value of money mainly concerns situations involving:

        a mismatch between the frequency of interest rate updates and the interest rate tenor,

        interest rate updates based on averaged values,

        interest rate updates based on lagged values (e.g. rates from one month prior).

The SPPI test is not failed where the result of the benchmark test does not exceed the materiality thresholds of:

        5% for the sum of non-discounted cash flows over the agreement horizon

        5% for the sum of cash flows in the quarterly reporting periods.

11.5.        Measurement category of financial assets at amortized cost

Debt financial assets are measured at amortized cost if both of the following conditions are met:

        they are held in the “held to collect” business model,

        the contract provides for cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (the SPPI test passed).

Interest-bearing assets amounts due from banks,  loans and advances to customers, and debt securities..

The carrying amount is determined using the effective interest rate used to calculate interest income generated by the asset in a given period, which includes commissions, transaction costs, premiums and discounts constituting its integral part (Note “Interest income and expense”). The carrying amount of the asset is then adjusted by the adjustment to the gross carrying amount related to the legal risk of foreign currency mortgage loans (Note “Cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies”) and by allowances for expected credit losses (Note “Net allowances for expected credit losses”).

If the schedule of future cash flows necessary to calculate the effective interest rate cannot be determined, the assets are measured at the amount due (including interest on receivables, taking into account allowances for expected credit losses).

Fees and commissions related to the origination or determining the financial characteristics of these assets are presented as Other liabilities, amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the asset and recognized in commission income.

11.6.        Measurement category of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Debt financial assets are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if both of the following conditions are met:

        they are held in the “held to collect and sell” business model,

        the contract provides for cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (the SPPI test passed).

This category includes debt securities.

Fair value measurement methods are described in Note “Fair value hierarchy.

Changes in the fair value of these financial assets (until their derecognition or reclassification) are recognized in other comprehensive income, except for the following items recognized in the income statement:

        interest income,

        gains or losses on allowances for expected credit losses,

        foreign exchange gains and losses.

Upon derecognition of the asset, cumulative gains or losses recognized in other comprehensive income are transferred to the financial profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment.

11.7.        Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss

If financial assets do not meet the criteria for measurement at amortized cost or measurement at fair value through other comprehensive income, they are classified as measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL).

Presentation in the financial statements:

          Held for trading – assets:

        acquired principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term,

        part of a portfolio managed for short-term profit-taking,

        derivatives (except for hedging instruments).

          Not held for trading FVPL - assets that failed the SPPI test or belong to the residual model,

          Designated to FVPL at initial recognition – FVPL measurement option.

This category includes derivatives, loans and advances to customers failing to meet the SPPI test criteria (mainly cash loans, credit cards and revolving loans, whose contractual provisions contain a multiplier in the interest rate formula), and debt and equity securities.

Measurement and presentation:

Fair value measurement methods are described in Note “Fair value hierarchy”.

          Gains and losses on the sale and measurement of FVPL assets are recognized in the financial result under “Gains/(losses) on financial transactions”,

          Gains or losses on measurement constitute the difference between fair value and amortized cost,

          Similar income is recognized under “Interest income and expense.

Details on the presentation of income and expenses relating to fair value hedges and cash flow hedges - Note “Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments”.

11.8.        Equity instruments

Investments in equity instruments are measured at fair value through profit or loss.

11.9.        Reclassification of financial assets

In 2025 and 2024, the Group did not change its business model or perform a reclassification of financial assets.

11.10.    Modifications - Change in contractual cash flows

If the cash flows from a financial asset are renegotiated or modified (e.g. by an annex to the agreement or pursuant to legal regulations), the Group assesses whether the modification is substantial or non-substantial by analyzing qualitative and quantitative criteria.

qualitative criteria:

        currency conversion,

        change of debtor (other than caused by the debtor's death),

        addition or removal of a contractual feature in the agreement that breaches the SPPI test.

The occurrence of a qualitative criterion always constitutes a substantial modification.

quantitative criteria:

        10% test - analysis of a change in contractual terms resulting in a difference between the value of future cash flows from the modified and the original asset discounted using the original effective interest rate,

        increase in a debtor's exposure by more than 10% (principal and off-balance sheet commitments granted),

        extension of the original lending period for:

        cash loans and business loans by more than 1 year and by more than a twofold increase of the residual period, i.e. the remaining repayment period as at the modification date;

        cash loans and business loans in debt collection by more than 1 year;

        housing loans by more than 4 years.

A result of the quantitative criterion exceeding 10% or exceeding the assumed extension period constitutes a substantial modification.

Non-substantial modification – the Group does not derecognize the asset, recalculates the carrying amount and recognizes the modification gain/loss in the financial result (Net interest income). The adjustment is amortized over time in net interest income using the effective interest rate method (e.g. in respect of statutory credit holidays).

Substantial modification – the Group derecognizes the old asset, recognizes the new one at fair value and determines a new effective interest rate and recognizes the difference in gains or losses on derecognition of financial instruments. When the characteristics of the modified new asset (following the conclusion of an annex) comply with arm's length conditions, the carrying amount of this asset as at the balance sheet date constitutes its fair value.

11.11.    Measurement of purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (POCI)

Purchased or originated credit impaired financial assets (POCI) include debt financial assets measured at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income. In the Group, POCI assets arise mainly as a result of a restructuring process, i.e. extension of the contract term or substantial modification of the contract terms, which results in the derecognition of the old asset and the recognition of a new, credit-impaired asset.

Measurement and recognition principles:

        They are initially recognized at a net amount (without an allowance for expected credit losses), corresponding to their fair value.

        Interest is calculated on the net amount using the credit-adjusted effective interest rate over the entire life of the asset.

        Changes in estimates of future recoveries are recognized as a gain or loss on allowances for expected credit losses.

11.12.    Measurement of financial liabilities

Liabilities in respect of a short position in securities and a portion of liabilities under insurance products are measured at fair value through profit or loss. Remaining financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. If the schedule of future cash flows cannot be determined, and therefore the effective interest rate cannot be determined, the liability is measured at the amount due.

11.13.    Reverse repo transactions

Reverse repo transactions are measured at amortized cost. The difference between the purchase and repurchase (sale) price constitutes interest income and is settled over the period of the agreement using the effective interest rate.

12. Environmental issues

The direct impact of the Bank and the Group on the environment is insignificant. The indirect impact arises mainly from the financing provided to customers and the products offered. The Group limits its direct impact and adapts its lending policies for various sectors of the economy.

Detailed information on environmental actions can be found in Chapter 13 of the Directors' Report – “Sustainability Report of the PKO Bank Polski S.A. Group for 2025”. ESG risk is included in the risk management strategy (for details, see the report “Capital adequacy and other information subject to publication by the PKO Bank Polski S.A. Group”).

     Sources of uncertainty of estimates, significant judgments and the ability to continue as a going concern

The Group is exposed to climate risk, including:

        physical risk -e.g. more frequent and severe weather events 

        transition risk - e.g. transition to a low-emission economy.

Climate risk may affect the estimates and judgments applied by the Group (e.g. in the calculation of allowances for expected credit losses and provisions in insurance business).

Climate issues do not pose a threat to the Group's ability to continue as a going concern for 12 months following the approval of the financial statements for publication.

      classification and measurement of financial instruments at fair value

Climate risk may affect the expected cash flows from loans, and thus credit losses. Factors such as physical risk, transition risk and borrower characteristics may change cash flow projections and economic scenarios used to calculate allowances. The impact depends on:

        the scale and timing of climate threats,

        the impact on borrowers and the portfolio,

        the length of the lending period.

Currently, the Group:

        does not apply separate climate scenarios because the impact is currently limited (short loan periods, climate effects mainly in the medium and long term).

        monitors the pace of climate change and its impact on allowances.

        implements tools to assess the impact of extreme events on corporate, business and mortgage portfolios.

        pays special attention to GHG emission allowance prices, energy intensity of buildings and natural disasters.

In the lending process for corporate and business customers the Group:

        assesses the impact of ESG (environmental, social, governance) factors on creditworthiness,

        identifies leveraged transactions,

        classifies transactions into 4 categories - from a positive to a significantly negative impact on ESG,

        takes into account, inter alia, climate risks, the customer's impact on the climate, social and governance factors (see Note “Credit risk management”).

The Group does not apply unobservable inputs relating to climate-related risk in fair value measurements of financial instruments classified at Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

        Debt securities – financing industries not exposed to significant climate risk (e.g. financial companies, insurance companies, real estate developers).

        Loans – mainly households, valuation using the discounted cash flow method with current margin.

        Shares and equities – no companies from high climate risk sectors.

        non-financial assets

Climate factors do not affect the depreciation/amortization of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, or the value of inventories (as at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024). There was no evidence of impairment of non-financial assets, nor was there any impact on their recoverable amount. A potentially significant impact may arise in the future in the event of a sudden transition of the economy to a low-emission one (e.g. change in the value of leased assets).

Inventories - No impact of climate factors on the carrying amount of inventories (2025 and 2024).

Taxes - No impact of climate on the realization of deferred tax assets (2025 and 2024).

Provisions and legal claims - As at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024, there are no proceedings concerning climate or environmental protection issues. In 2025–2024, there were no administrative proceedings related to violations of environmental protection regulations, nor any financial penalties.

     insurance activities

Physical risk in insurance business

        The biggest threat: extreme weather events, especially floods.

        The impact of the risk is mitigated by: risk selection and the reinsurance programme.

        Insurance companies calculate the capital requirement for catastrophic risk and analyze stress scenarios for flood risk.

At present, insurance companies do not have environmental taxonomy for investment assets due to the fact that they do not offer new investment products.

For the insurance business (property insurance), climate risk is taken into account in the measurement of liabilities by including it in the measurement of the premium provision and claims provisions. The premium provision for flood risk as at 31 December 2025 was estimated at PLN 9 million (as at 31 December 2024: PLN 7 million), and claims provisions at PLN 2 million (as at 31 December 2024: PLN 15 million). The increase in the value of the premium provision is due to an increase in the volume of the housing insurance portfolio, whereas the decrease in the value of claims provisions is associated with the payment of claims for the last year's flood and the lack of catastrophic events in 2025.

For the insurance business (life insurance), the indicated risk is not material enough to enable the quantification of the measurement of liabilities – these are made on the basis of an assessment of the total probability of the occurrence of insured events.

13. Changes in accounting policies applicable from 1 January 2025 and explanation of the differences between previously published financial statements and these financial statements

Apart from changes resulting from new standards applicable from 1 January 2025, the Group did not introduce any new accounting policies. The amendments had no material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

 

14. New standards and interpretations, and amendments to standards

        standards and amendments to standards effective from 1 January 2025

Standard / Amendment

Description of standard/amendments

Effective from / endorsed by the EU

Effect on the financial statement.

Amendments to IAS 21

Clarification of principles for applying exchange rates in cases of lack of currency exchangeability and specification of disclosures.

01.01.2025/ 12.11.2024

no effect

      New standards and amendments to standards that have been published and endorsed by the EU

Standard / Amendment

Description of standard/amendments

Effective date

Effect on the financial statement.

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7

The amendments relate to the derecognition of financial liabilities settled through an electronic payment system, clarify the rules for assessing the contractual cash flow characteristics of assets where the modification of cash flows does not result from a change in the basic risks associated with granting a loan but, for example, from ESG factors, and expand the applicable disclosures.

01.01.2026

No material effect

“Annual Improvements to IFRSs – Volume 11”

Harmonization and clarification of the provisions of selected standards (including IFRS 1, 7, 9, 10, IAS 7) by the International Accounting Standards Board.

01.01.2026

No material effect

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7

The amendments relate to renewable energy supply agreements by specifying the conditions that must be met in order to classify such an agreement as for "own use" and to apply hedge accounting to such agreements as hedging instruments. They introduce new disclosures in this area.

01.01.2026

not applicable

IFRS 18 “Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements”

The standard replaces IAS 1 and introduces, inter alia, new categories in the income statement and requirements regarding Management Performance Measures (MPMs) and aggregation principles.

01.01.2027

under analysis

 

      New standards and amendments to standards that have been published and have not been endorsed by the EU

Standard / Amendment

Description of standard/amendments

Effective date

Effect on the financial statement.

 

 

 

 

IFRS 19 “Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures” and amendments to IFRS 19

The Standard introduces reduced reporting and disclosure requirements for subsidiaries without public accountability in their separate financial statements. The amendments to IFRS 19 set out the disclosure requirements in the financial statements of these entities for new or amended Standards issued between February 2021 and May 2024.

01.01.2027

not applicable

Amendments to IAS 21

The standard clarifies the principles for preparing financial statements of entities in a presentation currency being the currency of a hyperinflationary economy, where the functional currency of that entity or its foreign operations is the currency of a non-hyperinflationary economy.

01.01.2027

no effect

 

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES TO THE INCOME STATEMENT

15. Interest income and expenseand similar income and expense

Significant accounting policies

They comprise interest, premiums and discounts on:

      financial instruments measured at amortized cost,

      instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income,

      instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and derivative hedging instruments (not measured at FV through P&L).

Interest, premiums and discounts are recognized in the income statement using the effective interest rate method – this rate exactly discounts estimated future cash flows through the expected life of the financial asset or liability to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset or to the amortized cost of a financial liability.

Interest income and expense also include fees and commissions constituting a part of the measurement of the instrument and amortized over time using the effective interest rate (e.g. remuneration of agents and intermediaries, employee bonuses for the sale of credit products).

Interest income and expense are calculated on the gross carrying amount of the instrument except for:

        POCI assets (interest on the net carrying amount using the credit-adjusted effective interest rate),

        assets that have become credit-impaired financial assets after acquisition (interest on the net carrying amount).

Interest income also includes:

        the effect of measurement of assets acquired in business combinations,

        the impact of the CJEU ruling (refund of commissions on early loan repayment),

        the effect of statutory credit holidays (Note “LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS),

        •the impact of the amendment to the Mortgage Credit Act (refund of the cost associated with waiting for the mortgage to be registered in the mortgage register).

The net interest result on hedging instruments is presented under “Net interest income”:

        positive result “Interest income”,

        negative result “Interest expense”.

financial information:

INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME FROM:

2025

2024

Loans and other amounts due from banks and the Central Bank1

 1,240

 1,481

Debt securities

 9,945

 8,495

measured at amortized cost

 5,115

 3,586

measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 4,794

 4,876

measured at fair value through profit or loss

 9

 8

held for trading

 27

 25

Loans and advances to customers (except for finance lease receivables)2

 20,481

 20,557

measured at amortized cost

 20,200

 20,184

measured at fair value through profit or loss

 281

 373

Repo transactions

 62

 21

Finance lease receivables

 1,547

 1,585

Total

 33,275

 32,139

of which: interest income from impaired financial instruments

 751

 821

of which: non-substantial modification result

 (63)

 (250)

 

 

 

Interest income calculated using the effective interest rate method on financial instruments measured:

 32,958

 31,733

at amortized cost

 28,164

 26,857

at fair value through other comprehensive income

 4,794

 4,876

Income similar to interest income on instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss

 317

 406

Total

 33,275

 32,139

1  In this item, the Group recognized in 2025 interest income on funds on the current account with the NBP in the amount of PLN 728 million (in 2024: PLN 760 million).

2  This item includes the effect of statutory credit holidays recognized in 2024 in the amount of PLN 198 million (Note “Loans and advances to customers”).

INTEREST EXPENSE

2025

2024

Derivative hedging instruments1

 (1,449)

 (1,970)

amounts due to banks

 (91)

 (72)

Loans and advances received

 (31)

 (60)

Leases

 (52)

 (39)

amounts due to customers

 (5,894)

 (6,572)

repo transactions

 (11)

 (13)

Issues of securities

 (1,189)

 (1,032)

Subordinated liabilities

 (335)

 (228)

Total

 (9,052)

 (9,986)

1 The decrease in interest expense related to derivative hedging instruments by PLN 521 million in 2025 concerns mainly IRS transactions..

16. Fee and commission income and expenses

Significant accounting policies:

Fee and commission income:

        directly related to the origination of financial assets (with a repayment schedule) - are recognized in the income statement as part of interest income,

        other - are recognized in accordance with the five stage model for recognizing revenue so that they reflect the transfer of goods or services to the customer.

Types of fee and commission income:

        one-off fees for activities not related to the origination of assets,

        fees amortized on a straight-line basis for the provision of services,

        fees on loans and advances without a set schedule (amortized on a straight-line basis).

Upon entering into a contract, the Group determines whether the performance obligation will be satisfied over time or at a point in time.

The item “Fee and commission income” also includes:

        result on operating leases, short-term rental and fleet management - see Note “Leases

        exchange rate margin on foreign exchange transactions. The exchange rate margin in customer transactions is calculated as the difference between the exchange rate at which the foreign exchange transaction was executed (buy/sell rate from the bank's exchange rate table, negotiated rate, rate from the NBP's C table) and the averaged buy and sell rate for the current day from the Bank's exchange rate table, except for bureau de change transactions and spot foreign exchange transactions, for which the exchange rate margin is calculated as the difference between the exchange rate of closing the currency position and the transaction rate determined at the conclusion of the transaction.

financial information

FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME FROM:

2025

2024

Loans, insurance, operating leases and fleet management

1,309

1,295

lending

922

932

offering insurance products

108

104

operating leases and fleet management

279

259

Investment funds, pension funds and brokerage activities

1,098

992

servicing investment funds and OFE (including management fees)

662

502

brokerage activities

432

486

servicing and sale of investment and insurance products

4

4

Cards

2,287

2,213

Margins on foreign exchange transactions

925

855

Bank accounts and other

1,450

1,432

servicing bank accounts

1,031

1,009

cash operations

107

111

servicing foreign mass transactions

152

151

customer orders

51

53

fiduciary services

13

12

other

96

96

Total, of which:

7,069

6,787

in respect of income from financial instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss

5,859

5,746

Fiduciary activities 

The Bank is a participant of the National Depository for Securities (KDPW) and the Securities Register of the NBP. The Bank maintains securities accounts, handles transactions on the domestic and foreign markets, provides fiduciary services and acts as a depository for pension and investment funds. Assets held under these services do not meet the definition of the Bank's assets, therefore they are not recognized in the financial statements. Income from these services is recognized in the item “fiduciary services” under fee and commission income.

FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSE FROM:

2025

2024

Loans and insurance

(116)

(116)

cost of construction project supervision and property appraisal

(55)

(47)

fees to Biuro Informacji Kredytowej

(30)

(28)

commissions paid to external entities for the sale of products

(19)

(21)

loan handling

(12)

(20)

Investment funds, pension funds and brokerage activities

(61)

(43)

Cards

(1,345)

(1,216)

Bank accounts and other

(304)

(292)

    on account of guarantees received

(98)

(95)

clearing services

(67)

(77)

sending short text messages (SMS)

(58)

(55)

sale of bank products

(1)

(1)

servicing foreign mass transactions

(32)

(25)

commissions for operational services of banks

(21)

(16)

other

(27)

(23)

Total

(1,826)

(1,667)

 

NET INCOME ON OPERATING LEASES AND FLEET MANAGEMENT

2025

2024

Income on operating leases and fleet management

759

673

Costs of operating leases and fleet management

(77)

(73)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment under operating leases

(403)

(341)

Net income on operating leases and fleet management

279

259

17. Gains/(losses) on financial transactions

Significant accounting policies:

Gains/(losses) on financial transactions include:

        gains and losses on the sale of financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss,

        the effect of their fair value measurement.

Interest income and expense as well as the amortization of premiums and discounts on these instruments are recognized in net interest income (see Note “Interest income and expense”).

This item also includes:

        the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges in strategies involving IRS contracts,

        gains and losses on hedging instruments and hedged items under fair value hedges.

Related notes: Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments, Securities, Loans and advances to customers.

financial information

GAINS/(LOSSES) ON FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS

2025

2024

Financial instruments held for trading, of which:

155

201

   Derivatives¹

118

186

   Equity instruments

22

2

   Debt securities

16

14

   Other

(1)

(1)

Financial instruments not held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss, of which:

86

56

   Equity instruments

86

28

   Debt securities

27

57

   Loans and advances to customers

(27)

(29)

Hedge accounting

1

5

Total

242

262

1Of which due to stock options and stock exchange indices PLN 56 million (in 2024 - PLN 78 million) and IRS: PLN 53 million (in 2024 - PLN 27 million).

18. Net foreign exchange gains/ (losses)

Significant accounting policies:

Net foreign exchange gains/(losses) comprise:

      foreign exchange gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, resulting from valuation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies,

      the fair value measurement of foreign currency derivatives (FX forward, FX swap, CIRS, and foreign exchange options),

      the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges in strategies involving CIRS contracts,

      remeasurement of allowances for expected credit losses in respect of foreign currency-denominated receivables (which are recorded in PLN), when the measurement of the underlying foreign currency-denominated assets changes.

19. Other operating income and expenses

Significant accounting policies:

Other operating income and expenses comprise income and expenses not directly related to the core activities of the Group.

The Group enters into purchase and sale transactions for commodity forward contracts for CO2 emission allowances.

        The result from the measurement at fair value and the realization of these contracts is recognized in gains/(losses) on financial transactions.

        These contracts are settled through physical delivery - the transfer of allowances in the EU Registry in exchange for payment.

Purchased CO2 emission allowances, as a tradable commodity for resale, are treated as inventory and measured at fair value. The result of the valuation between the date of acquisition and the date of sale, as well as the result of their sale, is recognized in other operating income and expenses.

financial information

OTHER OPERATING INCOME

2025

2024

Revenue from the sale of products and services of Group companies

172

155

Gains on sale or scrapping of property, plant and equipment, property, plant and equipment leased out under operating lease, intangible assets and assets held for sale

47

75

Damages, compensation and penalties received

51

44

Reversal of provision recognized for legal claims excluding legal claims relating to repaid mortgage loans in convertible currencies (note “Provisions”)

27

13

Income from sale of CO2 emission allowances

21

13

Income from discounts granted by supplier for IT software development

10

15

Revenue from the sale of coins for collectors' purposes

13

8

Income from early termination of contracts

15

18

Income from settlement of damages and expired contracts in operating leases

14

11

Ancillary income

6

4

Recovery of receivables expired, forgiven or written off

7

6

Reversal of provision for potential refunds of fees and commission to customers

1

-

Reversal of provision for future payments

3

3

Other

52

89

Total

439

454

 

OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

2025

2024

Recognition of provision for consumer protection issues1

(408)

-

Cost of products and services sold of the Group Companies

(4)

-

Losses on sale or scrapping of property, plant and equipment, property, plant and equipment leased out under operating lease, intangible assets and assets held for sale

(20)

(15)

Donations made

(4)

(46)

Sundry expenses

(18)

(19)

Recognition of provision for potential refunds of fees and commission to customers

(16)

-

Recognition of provision for future payments

(4)

(4)

Recognition of provision for legal claims excluding legal claims relating to repaid mortgage loans in convertible currencies (note “Provisions”)

(112)

(23)

Costs from sale of CO2 emission allowances

(11)

(22)

Costs of external services for the recovery

(35)

(34)

Remarketing costs

(33)

(24)

Other

(87)

(94)

Total

(752)

(281)

1 See Note Legal claims

20. Net allowances for expected credit losses

Significant accounting policies:

Allowances for expected credit losses are recognized in the following manner:

        Financial assets measured at amortized cost – the allowance reduces the gross carrying amount of the financial asset (adjusted, among others, for adjustments for legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies, statutory credit holidays and for potential reimbursements to customers for the expected early repayment of consumer and mortgage loans); changes in the allowances amount are recognized in the income statement;

        Off-balance sheet liabilities of a financial nature and financial guarantees – the allowance is presented as a provision under liabilities; changes in the provisions amount are recognized in the income statement;

        Debt financial instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income - no allowance is recognized in the statement of financial position as the carrying amount of the asset corresponds to its fair value. However, the allowance is recognized and disclosed in the income statement.

Estimates and judgments:

The Group reviews its loan portfolio for impairment at least quarterly. The methodology and assumptions used to estimate cash flows and their timing are reviewed on a regular basis.

        measurement and assessment of credit risk: expected credit losses

The Group applies the expected loss model to measure the impairment of financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss, comprising:

        debt instruments (loans, lease and factoring receivables, securities),

        other financial assets;

        off-balance sheet liabilities (financial and guarantee).

Impairment is estimated as 12-month or lifetime expected credit losses, depending on the increase in credit risk since initial recognition. Assets are allocated to three stages:

        Stage 1 – exposures in which the credit risk is not significantly higher than upon initial recognition and no evidence of impairment is found;

        Stage 2 – exposures in which the credit risk is significantly higher than upon initial recognition, but no evidence of impairment is found;

        Stage 3 assets in respect of which evidence of impairment is recognized.

      Significant increase in credit risk

The Group determines the probability of default and its changes with respect to the level at initial recognition of the loan.

        Mortgage exposures and other retail exposures – quantitative criteria

The Bank uses a model based on a marginal PD calculation, i.e. the probability of default in a given month, to assess a significant increase in credit risk for mortgage exposures and other retail exposures. This probability depends on the time that has passed from originating the exposure. This enables reflecting the differences in credit quality that are typical of exposures to natural persons over the lifetime of the exposure. The marginal PD curves were determined on the basis of historic data at the level of homogeneous portfolios, which are separated according to the type of product, the year of their origination, the loan currency and the credit quality at the time of origination. The marginal PD is attributed to individual exposures by scaling the curve at the level of the portfolio to the individual assessment of the exposure / customer using application models (using data from loan applications) and behavioural models. The Bank identifies the premise of a significant increase in credit risk for a given exposure by comparing individual PD curves over the exposure horizon as at the date of initial recognition and as at the reporting date. Only the parts of the original and current PD curves which correspond to the period from the reporting date to the date of maturity of the exposure are compared as at each reporting date. The comparison is based on the average probability of default over the life of the loan in the period under review adjusted for current and forecast macroeconomic indicators.

The result of this comparison, referred to as α statistics, is referred to the threshold value above which an increase in credit risk is considered significant. The threshold value is determined on the basis of the historical relationship between the values of the α statistics and the default arising. In this process the following probabilities are minimized:

        classification into a set of credit exposures with a significant increase in the level of credit risk (based on the α statistic), for which no event of default took place during the audited period (type I error)

        non-classification into the set of credit exposures with a significant increase in the level of credit risk (based on the statistics) for which an event of default occurred during the audited period (type II error).

According to data as at the end of 2025, an increase in the PD parameter of an at least 2.2-fold increase in the PD parameter compared to the value at the time of its recognition in the Bank's accounting records in respect of mortgage exposures and an at least 2.5-fold increase in respect of other retail exposures constitutes a premise of a significant deterioration in credit quality.

As regards credit exposures for which the current risk of default does not exceed the level provided for in the price of the loan, the results of the comparison of the probability of default curves as at the date of initial recognition and as at the reporting date do not signify a significant increase in credit risk.

In order to identify the remaining premises of a significant increase in credit risk, the Group uses all available qualitative and quantitative information listed in the section below. “Exposures to institutional customers”

        Exposures to institutional customers – quantitative criteria

The Group assesses a significant increase in credit risk for institutional customers based on the model based on the Markov chains. Historical data is used to build matrices of probabilities of customers migrating between individual risk categories determined on the basis of the rating and scoring models. Migrations are analyzed within homogeneous portfolios, taking into account, inter alia, the assessment methodology and customer segment.

On the date of initial recognition of the exposure, the highest acceptable probability of default (PD) value is set for each risk category and portfolio, which, if exceeded, indicates a significant increase in risk. This value is the average PD for risk categories worse than the initial one, weighted by the probability of transition to those categories in the given time horizon.

As at the end of 2025, the minimum deterioration in the risk category constituting a premise of a significant increase in credit risk was:

Risk category

PD range

Minimum range of the risk category deterioration indicating a significant increase in credit risk1

A-B

0.0 – 0.90%

3 categories

C

0.90 – 1.78%

2 categories

D

1.78 – 3.55%

2 categories

E

3.55-7.07%

2 categories

F

7.07-14.07%

1 category

G

14.07-99.99%

not applicable2

1 average values (the ranges are determined separately for homogeneous groups of customers)

2 deterioration of the risk category is a direct indication of impairment

The values are averaged and determined separately for homogeneous groups of customers.

        Qualitative criteria

Additional premises of a significant increase in credit risk include, inter alia:

        restructuring measures introducing forbearance for a debtor in financial difficulties, in the period in which this credit exposure is classified in the forbearance reporting category, unless it meets an impairment indicator,

        delays in repayment exceeding 30 days of a material amount (exceeding PLN 400 for retail exposures, PLN 2,000 for other exposures and >1% of the total exposure),

        early warning signals (e.g. changes in collateral, modifications of the terms of agreement, reduction of the exposure),

        significant increase in the LTV ratio,

        •“quarantine” in Stage 2 after the impairment indicator has ceased to exist,

        •filing for consumer bankruptcy by a joint borrower,

        •transfer to restructuring and debt collection units,

        •use of statutory support in mortgage loan repayment.

      Impaired loans and definition of default

The premises for the impairment of a credit exposure are in particular:

        delays in repayment of a material amount of principal, interest or fees exceeding 90 days (exceeding PLN 400 for retail exposures, PLN 2,000 for other exposures or >1% of the total exposure to the Group),

        a deterioration in the debtor’s financial position or a risk to the completion of the investment project, resulting in classification into a risk category suggesting a material risk of repayment (rating H),

        the conclusion of a restructuring agreement or the application of relief in repayment forced by financial difficulties (until the claim is recognized as remedied),

        filing a motion for bankruptcy, liquidation or the opening of enforcement proceedings against the debtor,

        declaration of consumer bankruptcy by a joint borrower,

        information on the death of all borrowers who are natural persons or entrepreneurs running a business in the form of a sole proprietorship or a civil partnership (except for continuation by a succession manager),

        other events indicating the inability to repay the liability in full.

In accordance with Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms (“CRR”), the Group defines a state of default if it assesses that the debtor is unable to repay the liability without resorting to exercising the collateral or if the exposure is materially overdue for more than 90 days. The premises of default are identical to the premises for impairment.

The process of assessing a significant increase in credit risk and calculating expected losses is conducted monthly at the level of individual exposures in a dedicated computing environment that allows for the allocation of results to the Group's units.

The Group has separated a portfolio of financial assets with low credit risk, comprising instruments for which the average long-term default rate does not exceed the PD specified by the rating agency for the worst investment grade. This portfolio includes, inter alia, exposures to banks, governments, local government units and housing cooperatives and communities.

      Calculation of the expected credit loss

The model for the calculation of the expected credit loss is based on detailed segmentation of the credit portfolio according to product and customer characteristics, such as:

        type of credit product;

        currency of the product;

        year of granting;

        assessment of risk of the customer’s default;

        the customer’s business segment;

        method of assessing the customer risk.

The Group uses two methods of calculating the expected credit loss:

        an individual basis – for individual exposures,

        a portfolio method – for homogeneous portfolios.

The individual basis is used for exposures for which an impairment indicator has been identified and which are individually significant (i.e. the total balance sheet exposure in respect of principal and off-balance sheet liabilities of a financial or guarantee nature is equal to or higher than PLN 5,000,000). The expected credit loss is determined as the difference between:

        the gross carrying amount of the exposure (or the balance sheet equivalent for an off-balance sheet exposure), and

        the present value of expected future cash flows, taking into account possible scenarios of the performance of the contract and the management of the exposure, weighted by the probability of their occurrence.

The portfolio method is applied to exposures that do not meet the criteria for applying the individual basis.

The expected credit loss is determined as the product of risk parameters:

        PD – probability of default,

        LGD – loss given default,

        EAD – exposure at default.

Each parameter takes the form of a vector covering the estimation horizon (the number of months). For retail exposures without a repayment schedule, the horizon is determined based on behavioral data from historical observations. The expected loss (both over the entire period and over the 12-month horizon) is the sum of discounted losses from individual periods, using the effective interest rate. The EAD value is adjusted by future repayments, overpayments and underpayments.

In the calculation, projections of macroeconomic conditions are taken into account through the impact of scenarios on risk parameters. The methodology is based on the analysis of the dependence of parameters on macroeconomic indicators based on historical data. The Group applies three scenarios:

        baseline (75% probability),

        and two alternative scenarios: optimistic and pessimistic (probability of 5% and 20%).

Projections include, inter alia: GDP growth rate, unemployment rate, WIBOR 3M rate, CHF/PLN exchange rate, property price index, NBP reference rate.

The final expected loss is the weighted average of losses from individual scenarios. The scenarios used in the calculation are consistent with those used in credit risk budgeting processes.

The baseline scenario is based on macroeconomic projections prepared on the basis of quantitative models, with adjustments taking into account one-off events.

Alternative/extreme scenarios (optimistic and pessimistic) concern an internal shock – external variables (e.g. foreign interest rates) remain unchanged with respect to the baseline scenario. They are developed on the basis of statistical and econometric analyses, projecting paths of indicators, rather than specific events.

The probability of the baseline scenario is determined on the basis of the share of the GDP path between the optimistic and the pessimistic scenario. GDP growth is projected taking into account the potential growth rate of the economy that varies over time, calculated on the basis of quarterly data from the Central Statistical Office. After extreme GDP paths are determined, the values of the remaining macroeconomic variables are estimated (unemployment rate, property price index).

The unemployment rate is determined on the basis of the dependence on the difference between GDP growth and the potential growth rate, with adjustments taking into account structural changes in the economy, inter alia:

        ageing of the population (limiting the increase in unemployment in a downturn),

        proximity to full employment (limited space for a further decline),

        influx of migrants (partially included in statistics).

The property price index is projected based on GDP changes and supply-demand conditions, using NBP data and the Bank's analyses.

Deposit rates are based on assumptions regarding central bank interest rates.

The CHF/PLN exchange rate is determined as a cross rate of EUR/PLN and EUR/CHF, and its projections are based on macroeconomic analysis (current and historical), econometric methods, and technical analysis of financial markets.

The macroeconomic model takes into account current domestic and global events, including the macroeconomic situation and the tense geopolitical situation associated with Russia's invasion of Ukraine, affecting fuel prices and the condition of enterprises. Additional factors include:

        the impact of interest rates and inflation on the quality of the credit portfolio, and the increase in energy prices on the situation of companies based on historical dependencies,

        exchange rate volatility in the context of foreign currency housing loans.

Due to the influx of refugees following Russia's invasion of Ukraine and uncertainty as to its impact on the labor market, the model did not include a decrease in unemployment as a factor improving portfolio quality.

The macroeconomic approach describes the situation in the entire economy, therefore the Group conducted additional analyses of the credit and leasing portfolio to identify industries particularly affected by the current situation. Analyses by risk experts showed the highest risk in the following industries: construction, automotive, transport, renting of office and retail space, energy-intensive industries and photovoltaic farms. Exposures with the highest PD (rating D or worse) in these industries were marked with the premise of a "significant increase in credit risk" and subjected to higher allowances. In 2025, as a result of the above actions, the Group increased the allowances for expected credit losses by PLN 157 million (which accounts for approx. 12% of the value of allowances on the entire portfolio of business loans classified in Stage 2). In 2024, by PLN 85 million respectively (approx. 6% of allowances for the business portfolio in Stage 2).

      lease portfolio

Within the lease portfolio, the Group periodically monitors the portfolio for industries exposed to macroeconomic and environmental risks that may have a negative impact on the economic and financial condition and liquidity of customers. Depending on the results of the assessment of the impact of these conditions on the portfolio, the Group accounts for the risk increase through reclassification of exposures between buckets and add-ons to the PD and LGD parameters. A higher risk level is identified for the transport, agro, automotive, car rental and leasing, and photovoltaics industries. Additionally, the Group applies a conservative approach to sectors related to the following industries: steel and fertilizer, construction, hotel, finishing, furniture and paper.

Changes were made to the process regarding individual assessment. Individual assessment is performed for significant exposures exceeding PLN 3 million that meet the impairment indicators. In the case of customers whose exposures were classified into the group subject to individual estimation of expected credit losses, a two-scenario approach is applied, i.e. remaining in normal servicing with a probability (PPNO) or taking debt collection actions (sale of the leased asset).

In 2025, the Group applied more conservative exposure classification rules under early warning signals, which resulted in the reclassification of exposures from Stage 1 to Stage 2 in the amount of approx. PLN 440 million and recognition of additional allowances in the amount of approx. PLN 3.5 million. Additionally, PD, LGD and macro parameters were updated, which resulted in a decrease in allowances for expected credit losses, however, it was not directly related to the reclassification between stages. This is because a quarantine following Stage 2 is applied in the Group.

The table presents the adopted projections of key macroeconomic indicators together with the probabilities of realization.

scenario as at 31.12.2025

baseline

optimistic

pessimistic

probability

75%

5%

20%

 

2026

2027

2028

2026

2027

2028

2026

2027

2028

GDP growth y/y

 3.5

 3.1

 3.0

 8.5

 7.9

 4.5

(1.5)

(0.6)

 3.0

Unemployment rate

 3.1

 3.0

 2.9

 2.8

 2.8

 2.8

 4.3

 5.0

 2.8

Property price index

 101.7

 104.3

 107.2

 105.5

 115.7

 120.4

 93.0

 89.1

 90.3

WIBOR 3M (%)

 3.6

 3.6

 3.3

 4.9

 5.3

 4.5

 2.5

 1.8

 2.7

 

scenario as at 31.12.2024

baseline

optimistic

pessimistic

probability

75%

5%

20%

 

2025

2026

2027

2025

2026

2027

2025

2026

2027

GDP growth y/y

3.4

3.3

3.1

8.8

8.3

4.7

(1.9)

(1.8)

1.6

Unemployment rate

2.8

2.8

2.8

2.6

2.7

2.8

4.6

5.2

2.8

Property price index

100.2

102.6

105.7

107.3

118.5

124.0

93.5

88.5

89.8

WIBOR 3M (%)

5.5

4.3

3.8

6.5

5.9

4.9

4.4

2.7

2.7

The table below presents the estimated sensitivity of allowances for expected credit losses to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The values show how much the level of allowances for unimpaired exposures would change if the individual macroeconomic scenarios materialized. Improving macroeconomic conditions systematically reduce the sensitivity of allowances.

ESTIMATED CHANGE IN THE LEVEL OF ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES FOR NOT IMPAIRED EXPOSURES DUE TO THE MATERIALIZATION OF PARTICULAR MACROECONOMIC SCENARIOS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

optimistic

pessimistic

optimistic

pessimistic

in PLN million

(576)

391

(967)

564

The table below presents the estimated sensitivity of allowances for expected credit losses in the event of scenarios assuming the deterioration or improvement of risk parameters.

ESTIMATED CHANGE IN EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES RESULTING FROM MATERIALIZATION OF A SCENARIO OF THE RISK PARAMETERS, THE DETERIORATION OR IMPROVEMENT, OF WHICH:1

+10% scenario

(10%) scenario

+10% scenario

(10%) scenario

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Risk parameter: changes in the present value of estimated cash flows for the Bank’s portfolio of individually impaired loans and advances assessed on an individual basis

Loans and advances to customers (Stage 3)

(180)

250

(223)

260

Risk parameter: changes in the probability of default (PD)

Securities

7

(7)

11

(11)

     Stage 1

6

(6)

9

(9)

     Stage 2

1

(1)

2

(2)

Loans and advances to customers

257

(259)

258

(288)

     Stage 1

160

(119)

129

(129)

     Stage 2

97

(139)

129

(159)

Risk parameter: Changes in recovery rates

Securities

(7)

7

(12)

12

     Stage 1

(6)

6

(10)

10

     Stage 2

(1)

1

(2)

2

Loans and advances to customers

(694)

697

(628)

630

     Stage 1

(214)

215

(201)

201

     Stage 2

(273)

272

(246)

247

     Stage 3

(208)

210

(181)

182

1()” decrease in write-downs, “+” increase in write-downs

Related notes: Amounts due from banks, Securities, Loans and advances to customers, Other assets, Provisions, Credit risk management, Credit risk – financial information

financial information

NET ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES

2025

2024

Amounts due from banks

1

7

Debt securities

42

(40)

    measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

24

(20)

    measured at amortized cost

18

(20)

Loans and advances to customers (measured at amortized cost)

(938)

(1,052)

      real estate loans

141

46

      business loans

(431)

(466)

      consumer loans

(572)

(505)

      factoring receivables

(3)

(8)

      finance lease receivables

(73)

(119)

Other financial assets

(2)

2

Provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

3

117

Total

(894)

(966)

21. Impairment of non-financial assets

Estimates and judgments:

At the end of each reporting period the Group assesses whether there are any indications of impairment of any non-financial assets, including non-current assets, right-of-use assets and cash-generating units.

The Group determines the recoverable amount in the case of:

        intangible assets not subject to amortization, assets not yet brought into use, and goodwill – annually,

        other non-financial assets - if such indications occur.

The recoverable amount is the higher of the following two amounts:

        fair value less costs to sell,

        value in use of the asset or cash-generating unit.

If the amount recognized in the statement of financial position exceeds the recoverable amount, the Group recognizes an impairment loss in the income statement.

Estimating the recoverable amount requires making assumptions regarding, among others, projected future cash flows from further use or sale of assets.

Related notes: Intangible assets, Property, plant and equipment, Investments in associates and joint ventures, Other assets, Leases

financial information

NET IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS

2025

2024

Property, plant and equipment under operating lease

-

(7)

Property, plant and equipment

(27)

(18)

Assets held for sale

(1)

(1)

Intangible assets

(119)

-

Investments in associates and joint ventures

(64)

(74)

Other non-financial assets, including inventories1

(362)

(409)

Total

(573)

(509)

1 In 2025, the Group recognized an impairment loss on other non-financial assets of PLN 284 million relating to receivables from customers for whom the loan agreements have been legally declared invalid in respect of the principal originally disbursed to these customers (in 2024: PLN 326 million). This item also includes, among other things, allowances for customer-related costs of PLN 35 million (in 2024 - PLN 33 million) and allowances for shortages and damages and other receivables of PLN 17 million (in 2024 - PLN 17 million).

CHANGE IN ACCUMULATED IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS

2025

Opening balance

Impairment of non-financial assets

Other

Closing balance

Property, plant and equipment under operating lease

(10)

-

-

(10)

Property, plant and equipment

(140)

(27)

13

(154)

Assets held for sale

(1)

(1)

2

-

Intangible assets

(383)

(119)

-

(502)

Investments in associates and joint ventures

(349)

(64)

(1)

(414)

Other non-financial assets, including inventories

(703)

(362)

(62)

(1,127)

Total

(1,586)

(573)

(48)

(2,207)

 

2024

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment under operating lease

(3)

(7)

-

(10)

Property, plant and equipment

(135)

(18)

13

(140)

Assets held for sale

-

(1)

-

(1)

Intangible assets

(383)

-

-

(383)

Investments in associates and joint ventures

(275)

(74)

-

(349)

Other non-financial assets, including inventories

(358)

(409)

64

(703)

Total

(1,154)

(509)

77

(1,586)

22. Cost of the legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies 

Significant accounting policies and estimates and judgments:

The Group, in connection with the current legal disputes regarding foreign currency loans, identifies a risk that the planned cash flows from the portfolio of mortgage loans denominated in or indexed to foreign currencies may not be fully recovered or a liability resulting in an outflow of funds may arise. As a result, the Group revises cash flow estimates and reduces the gross carrying amount of these loans in accordance with IFRS 9 (paragraph B5.4.6) and recognizes provisions for legal risk in accordance with IAS 37.

The cost of legal risk was determined on the basis of a number of assumptions which have a significant effect on the amount recognized in the financial statements. The Group recognizes the effect of legal risk as a decrease in the gross carrying amount of mortgage loans in foreign currencies for legal claims and settlements relating to active loans as at the balance sheet date. If the estimated loss exceeds the gross value of the loan, as well as for repaid loans, statutory interest and legal costs, the Group recognizes provisions (“Provisions for legal claims against the bank relating to mortgage loans in convertible currencies”) in accordance with IAS 37, reflecting the most appropriate estimate of the outflow of funds as at the balance sheet date.

The costs of legal risk were estimated using a statistical method as the sum of the products of:

        the probability of invalidation and the amount of loss if the Bank loses, taking into account the current and expected number of court cases over the lifetime horizon, and

        the probability of reaching a settlement and the amount of loss from the settlement.

The loss model takes into account the case law of the CJEU and national courts (Note “LEGAL CLAIMS”). The Group estimates the probabilities of adverse outcomes for the actual and potential claims, and takes into account, inter alia, the duration of legal proceedings and high litigation costs. It also takes into account the impact of the tax preferences of customers arising from the Regulation of the Minister of Finance of 11 March 2022 (as amended).

Given the significant uncertainty as to the assumptions made, the methodology of estimating losses is subject to periodic review. The uncertainty relates to the number of future lawsuits, court decisions, the number of settlements and changes in judicial decisions, interest rates and the PLN/CHF and PLN/EUR exchange rates. The judgment of the CJEU of 15 June 2023 (Case C-520/21) indicated that a bank cannot demand compensation from a consumer that goes beyond the reimbursement of the principal and statutory interest. At the same time, the provisions do not preclude consumers' claims against banks, provided that the objectives of Directive 93/13 and the principle of proportionality are respected. In the Group's opinion, on the grounds of national legislation, customers do not have additional claims, because they did not provide financial services to the Group, and the loan funds were used to meet their housing needs.

The Group monitors the model’s adequacy on a quarterly basis, comparing actual data with calculations and updating assumptions based on new data. The model is adapted to the current settlement offer. As at 31 December 2025, the Group updated the probabilities of signing a settlement and filing a lawsuit.

The Group monitors the inflow of lawsuits relating to repaid loans, modeling the expected loss and offering a settlement in each case. The expected levels of conversion from a lawsuit to a settlement are included in the loss calculation and adjusted to the current situation.

ANALYSIS OF THE MODEL'S SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN KEY PARAMETERS

Increase/decrease of the cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

1 p.p. increase in the probability of the Bank winning in court (at the cost of a 1 p.p. decrease in the probability of invalidation)

(95)

(105)

1 p.p. decrease in the number of settlements

16

9

1 p.p. increase in the number of lawsuits for the active portfolio (at the cost of inactive customers)

48

41

1 p.p. increase in the lawsuit to settlement conversion ratio

(38)

(31)

1 p.p. increase in the number of lawsuits for the repaid portfolio

72

54

extension of the period for accrual of statutory interest by 90 days

206

199

Related notes: Net impairment of non-financial assets, Loans and advances to customers, Other assets, Other liabilities, Provisions, Legal claims.

financial information

IMPACT OF LEGAL RISK OF MORTGAGE LOANS IN CONVERTIBLE CURRENCIES

Gross carrying amount of loans before the cost of legal risk

Accumulated cost of legal risk

Gross carrying amount of loans including the cost of legal risk

31.12.2025

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers/adjustment reducing the carrying amount of loans, of which:

7,281

5,742

1,539

 - related to the portfolio of mortgage loans in CHF

5,967

4,941

1,026

 - related to the portfolio of mortgage loans in EUR

1,295

801

494

Provisions

 

6,258

 

 - for settlements and judgments of loans in CHF

 

5,627

 

 - for settlements and judgments of loans in EUR

 

631

 

Total

 

12,000

 

31.12.2024

Loans and advances to customers/adjustment reducing the carrying amount of loans, of which:

11,455

7,666

3,789

- related to the portfolio of mortgage loans in CHF

9,862

7,666

2,196

- related to the portfolio of mortgage loans in EUR

1,567

-

1,567

Provisions

 

5,733

 

 - for settlements and judgments of loans in CHF

 

5,521

 

 - for settlements and judgments of loans in EUR

 

212

 

Total

 

13,399

 

 

CHANGE IN THE ACCUMULATED COST OF LEGAL RISK OF MORTGAGE LOANS IN CONVERTIBLE CURRENCIES DURING THE PERIOD

2025

2024

Carrying amount at the beginning of the period

(13,399)

(11,307)

cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies (income statement)1

(4,365)

(4,899)

offset of settlements and judgments for the period against accumulated losses2

6,127

3,096

revaluation of loss for the period and other changes3

(363)

(289)

Carrying amount at the end of the period

(12,000)

(13,399)

1 The amount of these costs is mainly due to updates of the legal risk assessment model parameters, which relate to the forecast of the number of court cases, an increase in the expected costs of the settlement program, and an update of the estimated costs related to statutory interest accrued during the dispute with the customer.

2 The item includes the effects of final judgments invalidating loan agreements, which for 2025 amount to PLN 3,363 million (in 2024: PLN 1,125 million), and concluded settlements, which for 2025 amount to PLN 2,764 million (in 2024: PLN 1,971 million).

3 Revaluation of the loss in respect of the legal risk is associated with the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on the part of the loss which is recognized in the convertible currency as adjustment to the gross carrying amount of loans.

Information on the number of mediation applications and the number of concluded settlements – Note 8.1.1 “Foreign currency mortgage loans settlement programme” of the Directors' Report.

23. Administrative expenses

Significant accounting policies:

Employee benefits

Employee benefits include costs of wages and salaries and social security, including provisions for retirement and disability benefits (described in Note “Provisions”). They also include costs of the employee pension plan (defined contribution plan) and the variable remuneration components program for persons in managerial positions. A portion of this program is recognized as a liability in respect of share-based payments settled in cash, in accordance with IFRS 2 (described in detail in Note “Benefits for the PKO Bank Polski S.A. key management.”).

The Group also recognizes provisions for future liabilities in respect of compensation and severance payments for employees with whom the employment agreement has been terminated for reasons not related to the employees. Furthermore, it recognizes accruals relating to costs of the current period that will be incurred in the future, including bonuses and accrued holiday entitlements, taking into account all outstanding holiday days.

Overheads - include expenses related to the maintenance of fixed assets, IT and telecommunications services, administrative activities, promotion and advertising, property protection, training, as well as court and stamp duties, and costs of mediation at the PFSA.

Lease payments under short-term and low-value leases are recognized in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and investment properties begins on the first day of the month following the month in which the asset is placed in service, except for right-of-use assets, for which depreciation begins in the month of their initial recognition. Amortization and depreciation ends no later than at the time of:

      equalizing the amortization and depreciation charges with the initial value,

      the end of the lease term,

      scrapping, sale or finding it to be missing,

      determining that the expected residual value exceeds the net carrying amount, taking into account the residual value (the net amount that can be obtained at the end of the useful life, less costs to sell).

Depreciation costs of non-current assets under operating leases are recognized in fee and commission income in the line “operating leases and fleet management” as part of the net income on operating leases and fleet management.

For non-financial non-current assets, the residual value is assumed to be zero, unless there is a third-party obligation to buy them back or an active market that allows determining their value at the end of the useful life. Land is not depreciable.

costs of regulatory chargesinclude fees resulting from regulations governing the Group's activities, which, in accordance with IFRIC 21, are recognized in the income statement at the time of the obligating event. These fees are paid to institutions such as the PFSA, the Bank Guarantee Fund (BGF) or the Borrowers' Support Fund (BSF). This item also includes other taxes other than income tax and the tax on certain financial institutions (presented in a separate item). The cost structure includes:

         Contributions and payments to the BGFquarterly contributions to the banks' guarantee fund and annual contributions to the banks' mandatory restructuring fund (which are not tax-deductible).

         Fees to the PFSA annual fees to cover the costs of banking supervision and capital market supervision (which are tax-deductible).

         Other taxes and feesincluding flat-rate income tax, property tax, payments to the State Fund for Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons, motor vehicle tax, excise duty, contribution to finance the activities of the Financial Ombudsman, municipal and administrative fees.

Estimates and judgments:

In estimating the useful life, the Group considers the following factors:

        expected physical wear and tear determined on the basis of the average periods of use recorded to date, the rate of wear and tear and intensity of use, etc.,

        technical or market obsolescence;

        legal and other limitations of the asset’s use;

        expected usage of the asset;

        climate factors which may shorten the useful life (e.g. ageing, legal limitations or unavailability of assets).

If the period of use of an asset results from a contract, the contractual period is assumed, unless the estimated useful life is shorter, in which case the shorter period is applied. At least once a year, the Group verifies the adopted depreciation and amortization method and useful lives and revises them if necessary.

Depreciation and amortization periods in the Group:

Fixed assets

Useful lives

Buildings, premises, cooperative rights to premises (including investment real estate)

from 25 to 60 years 

Leasehold improvements (buildings, premises)

from 1 to 11 years (or the lease term, if shorter) 

Machines, technical devices, tools and instruments

from 2 to 15 years 

Computer units

from 2 to 10 years 

Vehicles

from 3 to 5 years  

Intangible assets

Useful lives

Software

from 1 to 25 years

Other intangible assets

from 2 to 20 years 

 

CHANGE IN THE USEFUL LIVES OF DEPRECIATED ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS LAND AND BUILDINGS

2025

2024

+10 years scenario

scenario

-10 years

+10 years scenario

-10 years scenario

Depreciation costs

(47)

213

(26)

145

Related notes: Intangible assets, Property, plant and equipment; Provisions; Benefits for the PKO Bank Polski S.A. key management ., Leases.

financial information

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

2025

2024

Employee benefits

(5,316)

(4,744)

Wages and salaries, including:

(4,377)

(3,920)

costs of contributions to the employee pension plan

(113)

(101)

Social security, of which:

(756)

(660)

    contributions for disability and retirement benefits

(707)

(553)

Other employee benefits

(183)

(164)

Overheads, of which:

(2,172)

(2,130)

Rent

(125)

(111)

IT

(581)

(462)

Depreciation and amortization

(1,238)

(1,191)

property, plant and equipment, of which:

(547)

(546)

IT

(125)

(131)

     right-of-use assets

(255)

(264)

intangible assets, of which:

(691)

(645)

IT

(687)

(640)

Costs of regulatory charges

(713)

(422)

Contributions and payments to the Bank Guarantee Fund

(536)

(272)

    to the Resolution Fund

(322)

(272)

    to the Bank Guarantee Fund

(214)

-

Fees to PFSA

(78)

(64)

Other taxes and fees

(99)

(86)

Total

(9,439)

(8,487)

24. Tax on certain financial institutions

The tax on certain financial institutions is 0.0366% per month. The tax base for banks is the surplus of total assets exceeding PLN 4 billion, and for insurance companies - PLN 2 billion. This base may be reduced in accordance with the provisions of the Act of 15 January 2016 on the tax on certain financial institutions. The tax paid is not tax-deductible for corporate income tax purposes.

financial information

TAX ON CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

2025

2024

PKO Bank Polski S.A.

(1,294)

(1,212)

PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A.

(49)

(51)

PKO Życie Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A.

(3)

(3)

PKO Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A.

(3)

(4)

Total

(1,349)

(1,270)

25. Income tax expense

Significant accounting policies:

Corporate income tax is recognized as current tax and deferred tax.

        Current tax is recognized in the income statement.

        Deferred tax, depending on the source of temporary differences, is recognized in the income statement or in other comprehensive income.

        Current tax

Current tax is calculated on the basis of gross profit adjusted for:

      non-taxable income and non-deductible costs,

      taxable income that is not accounting income,

      tax-deductible costs that are not accounting costs, in accordance with the applicable tax laws.

The main categories of non-deductible costs:

        the cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies except for the elements listed below,

        Tax on certain financial institutions

        contributions and payments to the BGF,

        tax on controlled foreign corporations CIT-CFC (according to Article 24a of the Corporate Income Tax Act, taxpayers with foreign subsidiaries are required to pay tax on the income of a controlled foreign corporation (CFC). The tax is due only on the income of foreign entities that have met the conditions for recognition as controlled foreign corporations in a given tax year. The tax rate is 19% of the tax base).

Pursuant to the Regulation of the Minister of Finance of 11 March 2022 on suspending the collection of income tax on certain types of income (revenue) related to a mortgage loan granted for residential purposes (as amended, hereinafter the "Regulation"), the Group benefits from the suspension of the collection of income tax on the cancelled principal of the loan under settlements concluded under the terms specified in this Regulation. As regards mortgage loans invalidated by court judgments, the Group settles them in accordance with the individual interpretation received and the judgment of the Voivodeship Administrative Court in Warsaw.

The correctness of income tax settlements may be audited within 5 years of the end of the year in which the deadline for submitting the tax return passed.

Group companies are CIT taxpayers and remit their liabilities to the competent tax offices within the statutory deadlines.

         Deferred income tax

Deferred tax is recognized as the product of the difference between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount, and the tax rate.

Offsetting of assets and liabilities is possible only if:

      the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off current income tax assets against current income tax liabilities,

      the deferred tax relates to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

As regards the cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies, the Group recognizes deferred income tax assets arising from:

      the suspension of tax collection in accordance with the Regulation,

      the right to adjust tax revenues in connection with judgments invalidating loan agreements.

In accordance with the Act of 6 November 2025 amending the Corporate Income Tax Act and certain other acts (an amendment introducing Articles 38aa-38ab to the CIT Act), in 2026 the Bank's taxable income will be taxed at a rate of 30%. The rate will be gradually reduced to 26% in 2027 and 23% from 2028. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities were measured at the tax rates that, in accordance with the above amendment, will apply when the asset is realized or the liability is settled (see the table “Net deferred tax liabilities and assets”).

For some temporary differences, it is not possible to unambiguously determine the horizon of their realization, as this process remains dependent not only on decisions made by the Group, but also on external factors. In such cases, the remeasurement of the deferred tax asset required the application of judgment and was carried out taking into account the principle of prudent valuation.

The value of the deferred tax asset resulting from the above remeasurement carried out as at 31 December 2025 increased by PLN 234 million and had a positive impact on the Group's net financial result of PLN 275 million and a negative impact on other comprehensive income of PLN 41 million.

financial information:

        tax expense

 TAX EXPENSE

2025

2024

Income tax expense recognized in the income statement

(3,166)

(3,424)

Current income tax expense

(3,225)

(2,636)

Deferred income tax on temporary differences

59

(788)

Income tax expense recognized in other comprehensive income in respect of temporary differences

(595)

(252)

Total

(3,761)

(3,676)

        reconciliation of the effective tax rate

RECONCILIATION OF THE EFFECTIVE TAX RATE

2025

2024

Profit or loss before tax

13,848

12,728

Tax at the statutory rate in force in Poland (19%)

(2,631)

(2,418)

Effect of different tax rates of foreign entities

(11)

(64)

Effect of permanent differences between profit before income tax and taxable income, including:

(799)

(942)

    cost of the legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies

(333)

(599)

    tax on certain financial institutions

(256)

(241)

    contributions and payments to the Bank Guarantee Fund

(101)

(52)

reserve for proceedings before the President of the UOKiK

(93)

-

    tax on controlled foreign corporations CIT-CFC

-

(33)

non-deductible allowances for expected credit losses on credit exposures

(23)

(17)

    dividend income

3

3

    other permanent differences

4

(3)

Effect of changes in CIT rates

275

-

Income tax expense recognized in the income statement

(3,166)

(3,424)

Effective tax rate (%)

22.86

26.90

 

        Deferred tax liabilities and assets

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES AND ASSETS

2025

01.01.2025

Income statement

Other comprehensive income

31.12.2025

Interest accrued on receivables (loans)

371

231

-

602

Interest, discount/premium on securities

428

503

-

931

Valuation of securities

18

49

103

170

Valuation of derivative financial instruments

11

28

77

116

Difference between carrying amount and tax base of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, including leases

463

113

-

576

Prepaid costs

6

-

-

6

Other taxable temporary differences

104

5

-

109

Deferred tax liabilities, gross

1,401

929

180

2,510

Interest accrued on liabilities

194

69

-

263

Valuation of derivative financial instruments

197

75

(237)

35

Valuation of securities

191

(4)

(185)

2

Provision for employee benefits

151

165

7

323

Allowances for expected credit losses

1,490

428

-

1,918

Fair value measurement of loans and initial loss on POCI exposures

182

25

-

207

Commissions to be settled in time using the straight-line valuation method and effective interest rate

443

(290)

-

153

Other deductible temporary differences

40

3

-

43

Provision for costs to be incurred

77

32

-

109

Impact of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies

283

370

-

653

Difference between carrying amount and tax base of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, including leases

400

115

-

515

Deferred tax assets, gross

3,648

988

(415)

4,221

Total effect of temporary differences

2,247

59

(595)

1,711

Deferred income tax liabilities (presented in the statement of financial position)

809

(80)

180

909

Deferred tax assets (presented in the statement of financial position)

3,056

(21)

(415)

2,620

 

 

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES AND ASSETS

2024

01.01.2024

Income statement

Other comprehensive income

31.12.2024

Interest accrued on receivables (loans)

363

8

-

371

Interest, discount/premium on securities

230

198

-

428

Valuation of securities

18

4

(4)

18

Valuation of derivative financial instruments

14

(3)

-

11

Difference between carrying amount and tax base of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, including leases

427

36

-

463

Taxable income on the reversal of IBNR allowance, which was previously tax deductible, on implementation of IFRS 9

13

(13)

-

-

Prepaid costs

5

1

-

6

Other taxable temporary differences

99

5

-

104

Deferred tax liabilities, gross

1,169

236

(4)

1,401

Interest accrued on liabilities

367

(173)

-

194

Valuation of derivative financial instruments

583

(213)

(173)

197

Valuation of securities

281

(6)

(84)

191

Provision for employee benefits

120

31

-

151

Allowances for expected credit losses

1,572

(82)

-

1,490

Fair value measurement of loans and initial loss on POCI exposures

190

(8)

-

182

Commissions to be settled in time using the straight-line valuation method and effective interest rate

691

(248)

-

443

Other deductible temporary differences

48

(8)

-

40

Provision for costs to be incurred

74

3

-

77

Impact of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies

109

174

-

283

Premium on securities

73

(73)

-

-

Difference between carrying amount and tax base of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, including leases

349

51

-

400

Deferred tax assets, gross

4,457

(552)

(257)

3,648

Total effect of temporary differences

3,288

(788)

(253)

2,247

Deferred income tax liabilities (presented in the statement of financial position)

712

101

(4)

809

Deferred tax assets (presented in the statement of financial position)

4,000

(687)

(257)

3,056

As a result of analyses concerning the current results of the Group and estimated results for future reporting periods, the Group concluded that the deferred tax asset is fully realizable.

When calculating deferred tax assets, the Group takes into account the potential tax effect as regards future settlements and invalidations of mortgage loans. As at 31 December 2025, the Group recognized deferred tax assets as regards future settlements and invalidations of mortgage loans in the amount of PLN 653 million, and guided by the principle of prudent valuation, estimating the realization date of individual differences and taking into account current case law and the interpretation line of the tax authorities, the Bank did not recognize a deferred tax asset in the amount of PLN 492 million. Additionally, the Group did not recognize a deferred tax asset relating to planned adjustments and overpayment claims that are likely to be realized in subsequent years, but as at the balance sheet date there is no certainty as to the amounts or the calculation of the overpayment amount has not been finalized.

        Tax Group

Pursuant to the agreement of 5 November 2024, PKO Bank Polski S.A., PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A. and PKO Leasing S.A. extended for the years 2025 - 2027 the operation of the Tax Group of Powszechna Kasa Oszczędności Bank Polski Spółka Akcyjna (“Tax Group”), established under the agreement of 5 November 2018. The agreements were registered by the competent head of the tax office.

A tax group is a tax law institution provided for in the Corporate Income Tax Act. Its creation means that the income of the companies included in the group is consolidated for tax purposes and makes it possible to use solutions provided for such groups, including operational facilitations.

The Bank acts as the parent company. Current income tax settlements are presented broken down into receivables and liabilities of the Bank and subsidiaries belonging to the Tax Group.

        Global minimum tax

The global minimum tax legislation is effective in Poland from 1 January 2025. In jurisdictions where the Group operates, the rules have been in force since 1 January 2024, including:

        Germany, the Czech Republic, Romania, Sweden – global and domestic top-up tax,

        Slovakia – domestic top-up tax,

        Ukraine – no Pillar 2 implementation.

Between 2025 and 2026, the Group plans to use the temporary CbCR (Country by Country Reporting) safe harbour. The Group estimates that the implementation of the OECD Pillar 2 will not have a material impact on its financial position.

        Tax policy

The Bank has a Tax Strategy for PKO Bank Polski S.A. adopted by resolution of the Management Board No. 392/C/2021 of 5 October 2021 and approved by resolution of the Supervisory Board No. 154/2021 of 14 October 2021. The strategy was published on the Bank's website at: https://www.pkobp.pl/o-banku/odpowiedzialna-dzialalnosc/strategia-podatkowa.

In 2025, PGK PKO Banku Polskiego S.A. prepared the Information on the implemented tax strategy for 2024, which is published on the Bank's website at: https://www.pkobp.pl/grupa-pko-banku-polskiego/pko-bank-polski/strategia-podatkowa/ or:https://www.pkobp.pl/informacja-o-realizowanej-strategii-podatkowej/. On 28 November 2025, the Bank informed the competent head of the tax office of the address of the website where the Information was published.

Corporate income tax in 2025 and 2024 by tax jurisdiction:

Corporate income tax

2025

2024

Capital Group

3,228

2,637

Poland

3,150

2,514

Germany

20

4

Czech Republic

9

10

Slovakia

2

-

Ukraine

47

109

The tax systems of the countries in which the Bank and Group companies operate are subject to frequent legislative changes, including in connection with actions aimed at tightening the tax system at the national and international levels. Some tax law provisions are ambiguous, which may lead to divergent interpretations by tax authorities and taxpayers. Disputes in this area are resolved exclusively by national or European courts.

It cannot be ruled out that tax authorities will adopt an interpretation different from that applied by the Bank or Group companies, which may have a material adverse effect on their operations and financial position, despite the actions taken to minimize this risk in accordance with the law.

In 2025, the standard corporate income tax rate in Ukraine was 18%, while for banks it was 25% (in 2024, banks' income was taxed at 50%). On 3 December 2025, the Law “On Amendments to the Tax Code of Ukraine” No. 4698 entered into force, pursuant to which in 2026 banks will be subject to a tax of 50% of the total profit generated in the tax year. Deferred tax assets/liabilities were determined taking into account the tax rate applicable in 2026.

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

26. Cash and balances with the Central Bank

Significant accounting policies: General accounting policies for financial instruments.

financial information:

CASH AND BALANCES WITH THE CENTRAL BANK

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Current account with the Central Bank

17,772

19,567

Cash

4,108

3,927

Other

39

-

Total

21,919

23,494

During the course of a working day, the Group may use funds accumulated on the mandatory reserve account for ongoing cash settlements on the basis of an instruction submitted to the NBP, provided that the average monthly balance on this account is maintained at the level specified in the mandatory reserve declaration. The value of the mandatory reserve as at 31 December 2025 was PLN 14,870 million (as at 31 December 2024: PLN 13,679 million).

27. Amounts due from banks

Significant accounting policies: General accounting policies for financial instruments.

financial information

For information on credit risk exposures, see Note “Credit risk – financial information”.

AMOUNTS DUE FROM BANKS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Measured at amortized cost

4,478

5,091

    Deposits with banks

1,357

2,674

    Current accounts

793

1,210

    Loans and advances granted, including NBU certificates of deposit

2,327

1,206

Cash in transit

1

1

Gross carrying amount

4,478

5,091

Allowances for expected credit losses

(1)

(2)

Net carrying amount

4,477

5,089

 

AMOUNTS DUE FROM BANKS BY MATURITY

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

up to 1 month

4,200

4,870

1 to 3 months

255

208

3 months to 1 year

21

10

above 5 years

1

1

Total

4,477

5,089

 

 

28. Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments

Significant accounting policies:

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to manage risks related to the Group's operations. The most frequently used instruments are: IRS, CIRS, FX Swap, options, commodity swap, FRA, Forward and Futures. Derivative financial instruments are recognized at fair value from the transaction date.

A derivative instrument is presented as:

        “Derivative hedging instruments” – if it meets the hedge accounting criteria

        “Other derivative instruments” – if it does not meet these criteria.

The instrument is recognized as an asset if its fair value is positive, or as a liability if it is negative.

For instruments not designated for hedge accounting, changes in fair value and the result on settlement are recognized in gains/(losses) on financial transactions or in net foreign exchange gains/(losses) - depending on the type of instrument.

The Group applies hedge accounting to mitigate interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Cash flows related to the transactions performed and the fair value of assets and liabilities held are hedged. The Group decided to continue applying IAS 39 for hedge accounting and did not implement IFRS 9 in this area.

        Cash flow hedges

Changes in the fair value of a cash flow hedging instrument in the effective portion are recognized in other comprehensive income.

These amounts are transferred to the income statement in the periods in which the hedged planned transaction affects the result. Interest and foreign exchange differences are presented in “Net interest income” and “Net foreign exchange gains/(losses)”, respectively. The Group hedges both assets generating interest income and liabilities generating interest expense using IRS or CIRS transactions. The net interest result on hedging instruments is presented in the line “derivative hedging instruments” under “Net interest income”: a positive total result in “Interest income”, a negative one in “Interest expense”.

Hedge effectiveness is verified prospectively and retrospectively every month. The tests include the valuation of hedging transactions net of accrued interest and foreign exchange differences (for CIRS). The ineffective portion of gains or losses is recognized in the financial result: for CIRS – in “Net foreign exchange gains/(losses)”, and for IRS – in “Gains/(losses) on financial transactions”.

        Fair value hedges

Changes in the fair value of a hedging instrument designated as fair value hedge are recognized in “Gains/(losses) on financial transactions”, net of the interest component. The interest component is presented in the same line item as interest income/expense on the hedged item, i.e. in “Net interest income”.

The Group hedges both assets that generate interest income and liabilities that generate interest expense using IRS transactions. A change in the fair value adjustment to the hedged item is recognized in “Gains/(losses) on financial transactions”.

Hedge effectiveness is verified prospectively and retrospectively every month. The tests comprise the measurement of hedging transactions net of accrued interest.

The items “Securities”, “Loans and advances to customers” and “Amounts due to customers” include an adjustment for fair value hedge accounting for the respective hedged items.

Estimates and judgments

The fair value of derivative instruments other than options is designated using the valuation models that base on discounted cash flows which may be obtained from a given instrument. The Group applies measurement techniques based on yield curves constructed on the basis of available market data (e.g. deposit rates on the interbank market, quotations of IRS transactions). Options are valued using option valuation models, using, where available, data derived from observable markets.

The fair value of derivative instruments accounts for credit risk adjustments:

      CVA (credit value adjustment) – counterparty risk

      DVA (debit value adjustment) – own risk.

The process of calculation of CVA and DVA adjustments includes:

      the selection of a method for determining the credit risk spread (e.g. a market price method based on the continuous price quotations of debt instruments issued by the counterparty, a method of spread implied from Credit Default Swap contracts),

      an estimation of the probability of default by the counterparty or the Group,

      determining the recovery rate,

      the calculation of CVA and DVA adjustments.

The Group makes simulations aimed at assessing the impact of the changes in the yield curves on the measurement of the instruments.

ESTIMATED CHANGE IN VALUATION OF HEDGING DERIVATIVES OTHER THAN OPTIONS FOLLOWING A PARALLEL SHIFT IN YIELD CURVES:

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

+50bp scenario

scenario

-50bp

+50bp scenario

scenario

-50bp

IRS

(442)

448

(601)

610

CIRS

(162)

165

(80)

81

other instruments

(1)

1

(2)

2

Total

(605)

614

(683)

693

 

ESTIMATED CHANGE IN VALUATION OF DERIVATIVES OTHER THAN OPTIONS FOLLOWING A PARALLEL SHIFT IN YIELD CURVES

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

+50bp scenario

scenario

-50bp

+50bp scenario

scenario

-50bp

IRS

(424)

431

(591)

599

CIRS

(195)

199

(80)

81

other instruments

1

(1)

(3)

3

Total

(618)

629

(674)

683

 

28.1.                   Hedge accounting – financial information

types of hedging strategies applied by the Group

As at 31 December 2025, the Group had active relationships as part of:

        4 strategies for hedging cash flow volatility;

        4 strategies for hedging fair value volatility.

In 2025, the Group discontinued the following due to failure to meet the prospective effectiveness test:

        hedging strategy: “Hedges against fluctuations in cash flows from variable interest loans in convertible currencies, resulting from interest rate risk, using IRS transactions.”

        one relationship under the strategy “Hedges against fair value volatility of fixed-interest-rate loans in convertible currencies resulting from interest rate risk, using IRS transactions”.

The total impact on the result in 2025 of the discontinuation of the above strategy was approximately PLN 3.4 million.

No changes were made to other hedging strategies in 2025. In 2024, the Group discontinued 2 hedging strategies due to failure to meet the prospective effectiveness test and 2 hedging strategies as a result of the expiry of hedging relationships.

Summary of the types of strategies applied in the Group.

Type of hedging strategy

Cash flow hedges (Strategies No: 9, 19)

Risk hedged

foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk

Hedging instrument

fixed – float CIRSs

Hedged item

the portfolio of floating interest loans in foreign currencies and

fixed interest rate financial liability denominated in foreign currency

sources of hedge ineffectiveness

margin on the hedging instrument

differences in discount on the hedged item and the hedging instrument

CVA/DVA adjustment of the hedging instrument

The period in which cash flows are expected to occur and affect the financial results: January 2026 – November 2031

Strategy No

Strategy Name

9

Hedges against fluctuations in cash flows on variable interest PLN loans, resulting from interest rate risk, and hedging against fluctuations in cash flows on a fixed-rate financial liability in a convertible currency resulting from foreign currency risk, using CIRS or CIRS-EP transactions.

19

Hedges against fluctuations in cash flows on variable interest PLN loans, resulting from interest rate risk, and hedging against fluctuations in cash flows on a fixed-rate financial liability in a convertible currency resulting from foreign currency risk, using CIRS transactions.

 

Type of hedging strategy

Cash flow hedges (Strategies No: 2,3,4)

Risk hedged

interest rate risk

Hedging instrument

fixed - float IRSs

Hedged item

the portfolio of loans in PLN or foreign currencies indexed to a floating interest rate

sources of hedge ineffectiveness

change in market parameters between the moment of determining the terms and conditions relating to the hedged item and the moment of concluding the hedge

differences in discount on the hedged item and the hedging instrument

CVA/DVA adjustment of the hedging instrument

The period in which cash flows are expected to occur and affect the financial results: January 2026 – June 2032

Strategy No

Strategy Name

2

Hedges against fluctuations in cash flows from variable interest loans in PLN, resulting from interest rate risk, using IRS transactions.

3

Hedges against fluctuations in cash flows from variable interest loans in convertible currencies, resulting from interest rate risk, using IRS transactions.

4

Hedges against fluctuations in cash flows from variable interest loans in convertible currencies, resulting from interest rate risk, using IRS transactions (inactive).

 

Type of hedging strategy

Fair value volatility hedges (strategy No: 8, 10, 12, 17, 18)

Risk hedged

interest rate risk

Hedging instrument

fixed - float IRSs

Hedged item

      interest rate risk component relating to a fixed interest rate loan or security in a foreign currency or in PLN, which corresponds to the market IRS rate

      interest rate risk component of a portfolio of financial liabilities replicated by a portfolio of fixed-rate instruments measured at amortised cost, corresponding to the market IRS rate

sources of hedge ineffectiveness

      change in market parameters between the moment of determining the terms and conditions relating to the hedged item and the moment of concluding the hedge

      CVA/DVA adjustment of the hedging instrument

      difference between the present value of the floating leg of IRS and the present value of the nominal value of a security

Strategy No

Strategy Name

8

Hedges against fair value volatility of fixed-interest-rate loans in convertible currencies resulting from interest rate risk, using IRS transactions.

10

Hedges against fair value volatility of fixed-interest-rate security in convertible currencies measured at amortized cost, resulting from interest rate risk, using IRS transactions.

12

Hedges against fair value volatility of fixed-interest-rate FVOCI security in PLN resulting from interest rate risk, using IRS transactions.

17

Hedges against fluctuations in the fair value of a portfolio of financial liabilities in PLN measured at amortized cost, resulting from interest rate risk, using IRS transactions

18

Hedges against fluctuations in the fair value of a portfolio of financial liabilities in convertible currencies measured at amortized cost, resulting from interest rate risk, using IRS transactions.

        carrying amount of hedging instruments

CARRYING AMOUNT OF HEDGING INSTRUMENTS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Cash flow hedges

1

122

100

285

interest rate risk – IRS PLN (strategy 2)

1

20

1

54

foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk – CIRS PLN/EUR (strategy 9, 19)

-

102

99

231

Fair value hedges of interest rate risk – IRS EUR (strategy 8, 10, 18)

20

-

20

--

Total

21

122

120

285

        Cash flow hedges

CHANGE IN OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME RELATING TO CASH FLOW HEDGES

2025

2024

Accumulated other comprehensive income at the beginning of the period, net

(1,122)

(1,860)

Impact on other comprehensive income during the period, gross

1,578

911

Gains/losses recognized in other comprehensive income during the period

426

(797)

Amounts transferred from other comprehensive income to the income statement, of which:

1,152

1,708

- net interest income

1,484

1,938

- net foreign exchange gains/ (losses)

(332)

(230)

Tax effect

(315)

(173)

Accumulated other comprehensive income at the end of the period, net

141

(1,122)

 

 

INEFFECTIVE PORTION OF CASH FLOW HEDGES RECOGNIZED IN THE INCOME STATEMENTS, INCLUDING IN:

2025

2024

Net foreign exchange gains/(losses) - CIRS PLN/EUR (strategy 9, 19)

(4)

(3)

Gains/(losses) on financial transactions – IRS (strategy 2, 3, 4)

1

5

        Fair value hedges

INTEREST RATE RISK HEDGE

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Fair value measurement of the hedging derivative instrument

623

488

Interest rate risk hedge – fixed - float IRSs

623

488

Fair value adjustment of the hedged instrument attributable to the hedged interest rate risk

(450)

(267)

Securities

(18)

(19)

Loans and advances to customers

-

(1)

Fair value adjustment recognised in other comprehensive income before designation for hedge accounting

(5)

(10)

Amounts due to customers

(427)

(237)

 

FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENT OF THE HEDGED INSTRUMENT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE HEDGED RISK BY TYPE OF HEDGING INSTRUMENT

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

IRS EUR (strategy 8,10,18)

(37)

(56)

IRS USD (strategy 18)

(2)

-

IRS PLN (strategy 12.17)

(411)

(211)

Total

(450)

(267)

 

        nominal value of hedging instruments by maturity

Strategy No

Hedging derivative

up to 1 month

1 to 3 months

3 months to 1 year

1 to 5 years

More than 5 years

Total

Change in the fair value since designation

Nominal-weighted average fixed interest rate/ Nominal-weighted average margin

 

31.12.2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedge type: Cash flow hedges; Hedged risk: interest rate risk 

2

PLN fixed - float IRSs

1,150

5,200

18,894

28,390

134

53,768

225

3.7743%

3

EUR fixed – float IRSs

 

634

1,416

1,802

3

3,855

7

2.1803%

 

Hedge type: Cash flow hedges; Hedged risk: foreign exchange and interest rate risks 

9, 19

Float PLN/fixed EUR CIRSs

 

 

float PLN

-

-

3,201

11,786

2,109

17,096

(216)

-

fixed EUR

-

-

3,164

11,598

2,108

16,870

2.1153%

 

Hedge type: Fair value hedges; Hedged risk: interest rate risk 

 

 

17

PLN fixed – float IRSs

600

1,200

-

8,360

591

10,751

380

5.0849%

18

USD fixed – float IRSs

-

-

-

108

-

108

2

3.8830%

8,10,18

EUR fixed – float IRSs

85

169

758

1,441

203

2,656

34

2.5462%

 

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedge type: Cash flow hedges; Hedged risk: interest rate risk 

2

PLN fixed - float IRSs

1,225

835

9,337

49,188

153

60,738

(1,442)

3.4333%

3.4

EUR fixed – float IRSs

-

855

2,457

3,896

4

7,212

(1)

2.2635%

 

Hedge type: Cash flow hedges; Hedged risk: foreign exchange and interest rate risks 

19

Float PLN/fixed EUR CIRSs

 

 

float PLN

-

2,595

-

7,522

-

10,117

(200)

-

fixed EUR

-

2,350

-

7,458

-

9,808

2.1708%

 

Hedge type: Fair value hedges; Hedged risk: interest rate risk 

 

 

17

PLN fixed – float IRSs

600

1,200

-

4,910

1,341

8,051

185

5.9261%

18

USD fixed – float IRSs

-

-

123

123

-

246

-

4.1972%

8,10,18

EUR fixed – float IRSs

94

188

656

2,380

308

3,626

51

2.5184%

 

        financial information on hedged items (in original currencies)

HEDGED ITEM

CARRYING AMOUNT OF THE HEDGED ITEM

ITEM OF THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

CHANGE IN THE FAIR VALUE OF THE HEDGED ITEM*

STRATEGY NO

31.12.2025

Cash flow hedges

Loans in PLN

53,768

Loans and advances to customers

(208)

2

Loans in EUR

912

Loans and advances to customers

 (1)

3

Loans in PLN

17,095

Loans and advances to customers

 219

 9, 19

Financial liability in EUR

3,991

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

Fair value hedges

Loans in EUR

2

Loans and advances to customers

-

8

Security in EUR

30

Securities measured at amortized cost

(4)

10

Security in PLN

-

Securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

(5)

12

Portfolio of financial liabilities

in PLN

10,751

Amounts due to customers

(407)

17

Portfolio of financial liabilities

in EUR

596

Amounts due to customers

(4)

18

Portfolio of financial liabilities

in USD

30

Amounts due to customers

-

18

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

Loans in PLN

60,737

Loans and advances to customers

1,457

2

Loans in EUR

1,688

Loans and advances to customers

1

3; 4

Loans in PLN

10,117

Loans and advances to customers

203

 19

Financial liability in USD

2,295

Amounts due to customers

Fair value volatility hedges

Loans in EUR

9

Loans and advances to customers

-

 8

Security in EUR

30

Securities measured at amortized cost

(4)

 10

Security in PLN

- 

Securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

(10)

 12

Portfolio of financial liabilities

in PLN

8,051

Amounts due to customers

(202)

 17

Portfolio of financial liabilities

in EUR

810

Amounts due to customers

(8)

 18

Portfolio of financial liabilities

in USD

60

Amounts due to customers

-

 18

* in a cash flow hedge, the change in fair value of the hedged item reflects the change in value of the hedged item used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness for the period.

 

28.2.                   Other derivative instruments – financial information

OTHER DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS - BY TYPE

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

IRS

 351

 669

 144

 466

CIRS

 10

 7

 39

 20

FX Swap

 577

 538

 687

 747

Options

 324

 584

 357

 573

Commodity swap1

 132

 124

 93

 84

FRA

 -

 -

 26

 23

Forward

 494

 282

 374

 233

Commodity Forward2

 527

 496

 279

 250

Other

 -

 1

 -

 -

Total

 2,415

 2,701

 1,999

 2,396

1 The item includes valuation of gas market participation contracts: assets of PLN 41 million  (PLN 31 million as at 31 December 2024) – and liabilities of PLN 37 million (PLN 28 million as at 31 December 2024).

2 The item includes valuation of contracts for CO2 emission allowances.

 

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

CVA and CDA adjustments

4

2

 

NOMINAL AMOUNTS OF UNDERLYING INSTRUMENTS (BUY AND SELL TOGETHER) – other derivative instruments

31.12.2025

up to 1 month

1 to 3 months

3 months to 1 year

1 to 5 years

more than 5 years

Total

IRS

10,484

25,228

91,646

259,766

41,642

428,766

    Purchase

5,242

12,614

45,823

129,883

20,821

214,383

    Sale

5,242

12,614

45,823

129,883

20,821

214,383

CIRS

-

-

-

5,444

8

5,452

    Purchase

-

-

-

2,723

4

2,727

    Sale

-

-

-

2,721

4

2,725

FX Swap

47,027

15,152

13,346

19,905

-

95,430

    Purchase of currencies

23,515

7,586

6,650

9,968

-

47,719

    Sale of currencies

23,512

7,566

6,696

9,937

-

47,711

Options

18,718

19,890

39,256

28,662

436

106,962

    Purchase

9,293

9,896

19,391

14,166

218

52,964

    Sale

9,425

9,994

19,865

14,496

218

53,998

FRA

-

-

30,185

560

-

30,745

        Purchase

-

-

16,026

220

-

16,246

    Sale

-

-

14,159

340

-

14,499

Forward

7,784

11,702

22,660

9,068

-

51,214

    Purchase of currencies

3,898

5,889

11,435

4,519

-

25,741

        Sale of currencies

3,886

5,813

11,225

4,549

-

25,473

Other, including commodity swap, commodity forward and futures

854

2,234

4,591

1,086

128

8,893

       Purchase

430

1,124

2,329

538

56

4,477

    Sale

424

1,110

2,262

548

72

4,416

 

NOMINAL AMOUNTS OF UNDERLYING INSTRUMENTS (BUY AND SELL TOGETHER) – other derivative instruments

31.12.2024

up to 1 month

1 to 3 months

3 months to 1 year

1 to 5 years

more than 5 years

Total

IRS

8,224

7,888

63,872

257,970

36,724

374,678

    Purchase

4,112

3,944

31,936

128,985

18,362

187,339

    Sale

4,112

3,944

31,936

128,985

18,362

187,339

CIRS

550

74

496

7,547

10

8,677

    Purchase

282

37

248

3,774

5

4,346

    Sale

268

37

248

3,773

5

4,331

FX Swap

43,219

15,077

16,015

14,040

-

88,351

    Purchase of currencies

21,557

7,541

7,989

7,042

-

44,129

    Sale of currencies

21,662

7,536

8,026

6,998

-

44,222

Options

16,456

28,734

30,837

22,407

-

98,434

    Purchase

8,188

14,255

15,157

11,012

-

48,612

    Sale

8,268

14,479

15,680

11,395

-

49,822

FRA

-

-

32,850

5,399

-

38,249

        Purchase

-

-

16,496

2,685

-

19,181

    Sale

-

-

16,354

2,714

-

19,068

Forward

8,488

10,425

21,694

11,645

-

52,252

    Purchase of currencies

4,246

5,248

10,930

5,870

-

26,294

        Sale of currencies

4,242

5,177

10,764

5,775

-

25,958

Other, including commodity swap, commodity forward and futures

1,008

885

7,120

2,401

19

11,433

       Purchase

508

448

3,564

1,182

10

5,712

    Sale

500

437

3,556

1,219

9

5,721

29. Securities

Significant accounting policies “General significant accounting policies for financial instruments”.

financial information

For more information on credit risk exposures, see Note “Credit risk – financial information.

SECURITIES

31.12.2025

held for trading

not held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss

measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

measured at amortized cost

Total

Debt securities

309

284

106,512

133,289

240,394

   NBP money bills

-

-

11,992

-

11,992

   treasury bonds (in PLN)

272

187

74,989

99,461

174,909

   treasury bonds (in foreign currencies)

2

41

5,517

1,268

6,828

   treasury bills

4

-

1,134

-

1,138

   corporate bonds (in PLN) secured with the State Treasury guarantees

6

21

4,688

4,649

9,364

   municipal bonds (in PLN)

7

-

4,768

12,214

16,989

   corporate bonds (in PLN)1

18

35

1,266

4,672

5,991

   corporate bonds (in foreign currencies)2

-

-

2,158

11,025

13,183

Equity securities

42

1,066

-

-

1,108

Total (excluding adjustment relating to hedge accounting)

351

1,350

106,512

133,289

241,502

Adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting (note “Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments)

-

-

-

(18)

(18)

Total

351

1,350

106,512

133,271

241,484

1 The item includes, among other items, bonds of international financial organizations of PLN 2,784 million.

2 The item includes, among other items, bonds of international financial organizations of PLN 10,812 million.

SECURITIES

31.12.2024

held for trading

not held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss

measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

measured at amortized cost

Total

Debt securities

328

612

98,029

110,561

209,530

   NBP money bills

-

-

7,996

-

7,996

   treasury bonds (in PLN)

243

109

60,920

73,532

134,804

   treasury bonds (in foreign currencies)

1

288

10,725

1,394

12,408

   corporate bonds (in PLN) secured with the State Treasury guarantees

24

103

8,426

13,974

22,527

   municipal bonds (in PLN)

9

-

5,221

10,399

15,629

   corporate bonds (in PLN)1

51

112

1,903

3,994

6,060

   corporate bonds (in foreign currencies)2

-

-

2,838

7,268

10,106

Equity securities

36

984

-

-

1,020

Total (excluding adjustment relating to hedge accounting)

364

1,596

98,029

110,561

210,550

Adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting (note “Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments)

-

-

-

(19)

(19)

Total

364

1,596

98,029

110,542

210,531

1 The item includes, among other items, bonds of international financial organizations of PLN 4,013 million

2 The item includes, among other items, bonds of international financial organizations of PLN 7,599 million.

 

 

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

allowance not reducing the fair value of securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

82

116

 

SECURITIES BY MATURITY (excluding adjustments relating to hedge accounting)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

without a stated maturity – equity securities

1,108

1,020

up to 1 month

13,379

12,100

1 to 3 months

4,578

12,418

3 months to 1 year

24,509

27,739

1 to 5 years

144,639

105,482

above 5 years

53,289

51,791

Total

241,502

210,550

 

30. Loans and advances to customers

Significant accounting policies: General significant accounting policies for financial instruments”.

The Group adjusts the gross carrying amount of housing loans measured at amortized cost by recognizing the effect of:

        legal risk related to potential litigation for the portfolio of mortgage loans in convertible currencies and existing legal claims related to loan exposures recognized as at the balance sheet date in the statement of financial position (see “Cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies”)

        statutory credit holidays resulting from the amendment to the Act of 12 April 2024 on support for borrowers who have taken out a mortgage loan and are in a difficult financial situation and the Act on the crowdfunding of business ventures and on assistance for borrowers of 7 July 2022. The realized loss on statutory credit holidays, excluding the effect of the settlement to date, amounted to PLN 198 million.

The recognition of finance lease receivables is described in note "Leases”.

Estimates and judgments: Net expected credit losses, Cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies.

Financial information

For information on credit risk exposures, see Note “Credit risk – financial information”.

LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

real estate

133,740

123,195

consumer

44,912

36,970

business

86,368

79,003

factoring receivables

6,753

6,534

finance lease receivables

21,638

20,457

Loans and advances to customers (excluding adjustment relating to hedge accounting)

293,411

266,159

Adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting (note “Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments)

-

(1)

Total

293,411

266,158

 

LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

31.12.2025

not held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss

measured at amortized cost

Total

retail and private banking

1,927

171,394

173,321

real estate

1

128,228

128,229

consumer

1,926

42,986

44,912

finance lease receivables

-

180

180

businesses

7

29,855

29,862

real estate

-

5,053

5,053

business

7

11,895

11,902

factoring receivables

-

111

111

finance lease receivables

-

12,796

12,796

corporate

-

90,228

90,228

real estate

-

458

458

business

-

74,466

74,466

factoring receivables

-

6,642

6,642

finance lease receivables

-

8,662

8,662

Loans and advances to customers (excluding adjustment relating to hedge accounting)

1,934

291,477

293,411

Total

1,934

291,477

293,411

 

LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

31.12.2024

not held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss

measured at amortized cost

Total

retail and private banking

2,097

153,064

155,161

real estate

1

118,077

118,078

consumer

2,096

34,874

36,970

finance lease receivables

-

113

113

companies and enterprises

59

28,207

28,266

real estate

-

5,005

5,005

business

59

10,769

10,828

factoring receivables

-

89

89

finance lease receivables

-

12,344

12,344

corporate

15

82,717

82,732

real estate

-

112

112

business

15

68,160

68,175

factoring receivables

-

6,445

6,445

finance lease receivables

-

8,000

8,000

Loans and advances to customers (excluding adjustment relating to hedge accounting)

2,171

263,988

266,159

Adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting (note “Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments)

-

(1)

(1)

Total

2,171

263,987

266,158

The Group analyses its portfolio of foreign currency mortgage loans to individuals in a specific manner. The risk of this portfolio is taken into consideration in the capital adequacy and equity management.

HOUSING LOANS AND ADVANCES TO INDIVIDUALS (RETAIL AND PRIVATE BANKING) BY CURRENCY   

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

gross

impairment loss

net

gross

impairment loss

net

in local currency

128,326

(1,497)

126,829

116,069

(1,541)

114,528

  PLN

128,229

(1,471)

126,758

115,927

(1,501)

114,426

  UAH

97

(26)

71

142

(40)

102

in foreign currency

1,539

(139)

1,400

3,789

(239)

3,550

  CHF

1,026

(100)

926

2,196

(154)

2,042

  EUR

494

(36)

458

1,567

(80)

1,487

  USD

16

(3)

13

22

(5)

17

  OTHER

3

-

3

4

-

4

Total

129,865

(1,636)

128,229

119,858

(1,780)

118,078

 

LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS BY MATURITY (excluding adjustments relating to fair value hedge accounting)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

up to 1 month

14,673

14,105

1 to 3 months

11,941

13,340

3 months to 1 year

42,099

38,056

1 to 5 years

98,383

87,406

above 5 years

126,315

113,252

Total

293,411

266,159

 

31. Amounts due to banks

Significant accounting policies: General accounting policies for financial instruments.

financial information

AMOUNTS DUE TO BANKS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Measured at fair value through profit or loss

28

4

Liabilities in respect of a short position in securities

28

4

Measured at amortized cost

3,412

2,369

Deposits from banks

1,364

597

Current accounts

2,035

1,758

Other monetary market deposits

13

14

Total

3,440

2,373

 

AMOUNTS DUE TO BANKS BY MATURITY

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Measured at fair value through profit or loss up to 1 month

28

4

Measured at amortized cost

3,412

  2,369

up to 1 month

3,381

  2,369

3 months to 1 year

31

-

Total

3,440

  2,373

 

32. Amounts due to customers

Significant accounting policies: General accounting policies for financial instruments. Policies concerning “Liabilities in respect of insurance products” see Note Insurance business”.

Financial information

AMOUNTS DUE TO CUSTOMERS

31.12.2025

Amounts due to households1

Amounts due to business entities

Amounts due to public sector

Total

Measured at fair value through profit or loss

224

43

40

307

Liabilities in respect of a short position in securities

1

43

40

84

Liabilities in respect of insurance products

223

-

-

223

Measured at amortized cost

346,066

90,948

22,974

459,988

Cash on current accounts and overnight deposits of which

251,685

70,062

20,866

342,613

savings accounts and other interest-bearing assets

66,841

21,054

14,526

102,421

Term deposits

93,602

20,223

2,037

115,862

Other liabilities

762

663

71

1,496

Liabilities in respect of insurance products

17

-

-

17

Amounts due to customers (excluding adjustment relating to hedge accounting)

346,290

90,991

23,014

460,295

Adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting (note “Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments)

427

-

-

427

Total

346,717

90,991

23,014

460,722

1Households include private individuals, sole proprietors and individual farmers.

 

AMOUNTS DUE TO CUSTOMERS

31.12.2024

Amounts due to households1

Amounts due to business entities

Amounts due to public sector

Total

Measured at fair value through profit or loss

169

31

-

200

Liabilities in respect of a short position in securities

-

31

-

31

Liabilities in respect of insurance products

169

-

-

169

Measured at amortized cost

317,649

80,062

21,630

419,341

Cash on current accounts and overnight deposits of which

229,732

56,570

19,961

306,263

savings accounts and other interest-bearing assets

58,999

14,475

14,134

87,608

Term deposits

87,230

22,799

1,636

111,665

Other liabilities

668

693

33

1,394

Liabilities in respect of insurance products1

19

-

-

19

Amounts due to customers (excluding adjustment relating to hedge accounting)

317,818

80,093

21,630

419,541

Adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting (note “Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments)

237

-

-

237

Total

318,055

80,093

21,630

419,778

1Households include private individuals, sole proprietors and individual farmers.

AMOUNTS DUE TO CUSTOMERS BY MATURITY (excluding adjustment relating to hedge accounting)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Measured at fair value through profit or loss

307

200

up to 1 month

84

31

above 5 years

223

169

Measured at amortized cost

459,988

419,341

up to 1 month

383,284

347,182

1 to 3 months

41,892

35,432

3 months to 1 year

24,259

24,100

1 to 5 years

7,155

6,804

above 5 years

3,398

5,823

Total

460,295

419,541

 

AMOUNTS DUE TO CUSTOMERS BY SEGMENT

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Amounts due to customers (excluding adjustment relating to hedge accounting)

460,295

419,541

retail and private banking

314,726

287,779

corporate

89,572

80,498

businesses

55,757

51,076

other liabilities (including liabilities in respect of insurance products)

240

188

Adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting (note “Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments)

427

237

Total

460,722

419,778

33. Financing received

Significant accounting policies: General accounting policies for financial instruments.

Financial information:

FINANCING RECEIVED

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Loans and advances received from:

1,059

1,268

international financial organisations

1,051

1,258

other financial institutions

8

10

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue:

29,580

23,457

mortgage covered bonds issued by PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A.

7,886

6,705

bonds issued by PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A.

2,714

2,432

    bonds issued by PKO Bank Polski S.A.

16,034

11,999

bonds issued by the PKO Leasing S.A. Group

2,946

2,321

Subordinated liabilities

6,309

4,291

Total

36,948

29,016

 

 

FINANCING RECEIVED (in original currency)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

 

Taking up

Repayments

Taking up/Issues

Repayments

Loans and advances received

-

191

-

192

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue:

 

 

 

 

mortgage covered bonds issued by PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A. (PLN)

4,062

2,860

1,192

5,626

bonds issued by PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A. (PLN)

4,996

4,862

5,156

4,650

    bonds issued by PKO Bank Polski S.A.*:

 

 

 

 

        - in PLN

-

-

1,000

-

        - in EUR

1,750

750

1,750

-

bonds issued by the PKO Leasing S.A. Group (PLN)

9,791

9,341

8,212

7,616

Subordinated liabilities (PLN)

2,000

-

1,500

-

*The bonds included in debt securities in issue are classified as eligible liabilities of the Bank within the meaning of Article 97a(1)(2) of the Act of 10 June 2016 on the Bank Guarantee Fund, the deposit guarantee scheme and resolution (MREL requirement).

Type of interest rate

Notional amount

Currency

Period

Carrying amount

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Fixed 5.625%

750

EUR

01.02.2023

01.02.2026

-

3,369

6M WIBOR +1.59%

1,000

PLN

28.02.2024

28.02.2029

1,021

1,025

Fixed 4.5%

500

EUR

27.03.2024

27.03.2028

2,181

2,201

Fixed 4.5%

500

EUR

18.06.2024

18.06.2029

2,155

2,175

Fixed 3.875%

750

EUR

12.09.2024

12.09.2026

3,202

3,229

Fixed 3.375%

750

EUR

16.01.2025

16.06.2028

3,221

-

Fixed 3.625%

500

EUR

30.06.2025

30.06.2031

2,144

-

Fixed 3.625%

500

EUR

20.11.2025

20.11.2031

2,110

-

Bonds issued by PKO Bank Polski S.A.

16,034

11,999

 

For details of the issues (new, repaid) carried out by the Group, see section 1.3 Main events and financial results in 2025of the Directors' Report.

        Subordinated liabilities

Type of interest rate

Notional amount

Currency

Period

Carrying amount

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

6M WIBOR +1.55%

1,700

PLN

28.08.2017

28.08.2027

1,737

1,743

6M WIBOR +1.50%

1,000

PLN

05.03.2018

06.03.2028

1,020

1,024

6M WIBOR +2.20%

1,500

PLN

16.10.2024

16.10.2034

1,519

1,524

6M WIBOR +1.75%

2,000

PLN

24.09.2025

24.09.2035

2,033

-

Total subordinated bonds

6,309

4,291

The bonds were designated for increasing the Group’s supplementary funds (Tier 2) upon the approval of the PFSA.

LOANS AND ADVANCES RECEIVED BY MATURITY

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

up to 1 month

31

341

1 to 3 months

211

-

3 months to 1 year

587

176

1 to 5 years

230

751

Total

1,059

1,268

 

LIABILITIES IN RESPECT OF DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE BY MATURITY

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

up to 1 month

1,482

1,685

1 to 3 months

2,929

1,412

3 months to 1 year

6,210

4,554

1 to 5 years

14,705

15,806

above 5 years

4,254

-

Total

29,580

23,457

 

PROJECTIONS OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE GROUP'S FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

31.12.2025 (non-auditable data)

Projected value

Actual performance

Difference between projection and performance

percentage of total liabilities on the balance sheet* (projection)

percentage of total liabilities on the balance sheet* (performance)

Liabilities in respect of loans and advances

1,595

1,059

(34%)

0.31%

0.21%

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue (including subordinated liabilities)

36,607

35,889

(2%)

7.07%

7.05%

Leases

1,095

1,143

4%

0.21%

0.22%

Value of financial liabilities

505,178

508,806

1%

97.62%

96.99%

* Total liabilities of the balance sheet is understood as the sum of liabilities excluding equity.

The difference between the published projections of the development of financial liabilities in respect of loans and advances at the end of 2025 for the Group and the actual performance was 34%. The lower level of financial liabilities was due to the resignation from contracting a loan from the Council of Europe Development Bank (CEB) planned for 2025 due to unfavorable pricing conditions.

 

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

34. insurance business

Significant accounting policies:

         Identification and aggregation of insurance contracts

The Group identifies insurance contracts within the scope of IFRS 17 by verifying whether the entity accepts a significant insurance risk from the policyholder and undertakes to compensate the policyholder for an adverse effect defined as an uncertain future insurable event.

All insurance products offered by the Group's companies have been classified as insurance contracts and fall within the scope of IFRS 17, with the exception of a portion of policies with UFK (unit-linked insurance) contracts, which are classified as investment agreements and measured in accordance with IFRS 9. The Group recognizes and measures performance guarantees in accordance with IFRS 9.

The division of the portfolio into groups of insurance contracts takes into account:

        Portfolio - based on risk characteristics and portfolio management processes.

        Profitability:

        for life insurance - assessment at the level of a single contract,

        for non-life insurance - all contracts are treated as profitable, unless there are facts or circumstances that indicate that they are not profitable (profitability is assessed at the level of the IFRS 17 portfolio, with the possibility of moving the assessment to the level of quarterly or annual cohorts).

        Cohorts - the Group applies quarterly cohorts for life insurance, non-life insurance and reinsurance; it does not apply the exemption from reporting under the requirement for annual cohorts.

The aggregation ensures that profits are recognized in proportion to the services provided, and losses are recognized immediately when a contract gives rise to a burden. It is not allowed to offset gains and losses between groups of contracts, even within a single portfolio. Grouping occurs upon initial recognition and is not reassessed unless:

        the obligation under the contract expires or is discharged or cancelled,

        the terms of the contract are modified (e.g. by agreement of the parties, a change in regulations), resulting in derecognition of the original contract and recognition of a new one.

Contract boundaries - The Group's contract boundary approach is largely consistent with the principles used for measurement under Solvency II. The exception are unit-linked products, where the guidelines derived from the “KNF Office's Position on the Contract Boundary for the Purpose of Determining Insurance or Reinsurance Liabilities” are used for Solvency II measurement. In contrast, for the needs of IFRS 17, in unit-linked products with regular premiums, the future premium is modelled in accordance with the policyholder's liabilities specified in the general terms and conditions of insurance and in the policy.

Valuation methods - The Group applies GMM – general measurement model as the basic measurement model, in which the value of the insurance liability is the sum of:

        the discounted value of the best estimate of future cash flows

        risk adjustment for non-financial risk, RA,

        contractual service margin (CSM).

For direct profit-sharing contracts, the Group uses the VFA - Variable Fee Approach, where the measurement of liabilities is similar to the GMM approach with the difference that changes in the CSM also include the impact of economic factors, not just insurance factors.

Best estimate of future cash flows - The estimate is updated upon each calculation, taking into account available historical data and expert assessments. Assumptions (e.g. loss ratios, mortality rates, lapse rates) are determined on the basis of an analysis of historical data and expected changes in the future (e.g. tariff modification, economic situation). The Group does not have products with discretionary profit-sharing.

Discounting - The Group uses discount rate curves determined under the bottom-up approach, based on smooth risk-free rate curves. Base curves are set based on rates published by EIOPA (European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority). As part of the simplification, no illiquidity premium is applied.

Adjustment for non-financial risk (RA) - The Group includes an adjustment for non-financial risks in the measurement of insurance contracts. Due to the different risk characteristics for the portfolio of life and non-life insurance and for liabilities in respect of claims and remaining coverage, the adjustment is estimated independently for these portfolios and liabilities. At the entity level, the RA adjustment is the sum of adjustments determined for groups of contracts or business lines (bottom-up approach), taking into account diversification when assessing materiality. For reinsurance contracts, the adjustment is determined both gross and net of reinsurance, and the amount of risk transferred to the reinsurer is the difference between these values. Changes in the RA adjustment are recognized in their entirety in the net income from insurance business, without disaggregation into an insurance service component and an insurance finance component.

Contractual service margin (CSM) The contractual service margin is part of the liabilities (or assets) under insurance and reinsurance contracts. It reflects the outstanding profit for a group of contracts and is released in subsequent periods as income in the income statement.

The pattern of coverage units provided was established on the basis of:

        sums insured - for life insurance,

        premiums earned (pro rata) - for non-life insurance.

At the end of the reporting period, the value of the CSM for a group of contracts (without participation features) = the initial value adjusted for: new contracts added to the group, interest accreted at the rates from initial recognition, changes in cash flows relating to future services (except for situations causing a loss or allocated to the loss component), foreign exchange differences, the amount of insurance revenue allocated to services provided in the current period.

Changes in expected cash flows relating to a past or current service do not modify the CSM – they are recognized immediately in the income statement.

Insurance finance income and expenses - The Group exercised the option to disaggregate the finance income and costs of its insurance operations into the portions recognized in the income statement and in other comprehensive income for all IFRS 17 portfolios, except for contract portfolios with direct profit sharing. In the unit-linked insurance portfolio there is an investment component that cannot be distinguished. It is excluded from insurance revenue and insurance service expenses and determined as the hypothetical surrender value (including the value of the life benefit) specified in the terms of the contract.

Outward reinsurance contracts - The Group values all outward reinsurance contracts using the general GMM model, analogously to the insurance portfolio. Key difference: the inability to recognize a loss component, while a negative contractual service margin is allowed.

Net income from insurance business

        Insurance revenue includes only gross business and consists of:

        amortization of the contractual service margin,

        adjustment for non-financial risk (additional security add-on),

        anticipated claims and costs (the portion of the premium allocated to the payment of claims and benefits and costs),

        acquisition costs (the portion of the premium allocated to acquisition costs),

        other, e.g. experience-related adjustments (discrepancies between the expected premium and the premium actually earned).

        Costs of insurance activities include only gross business and consist of:

        incurred claims and costs incurred during the period (claims are reported regardless of whether they have been paid or remain in the loss reserve).

        incurred acquisition costs corresponding to the costs of obtaining insurance contracts; their impact on the result is included in the amortization of the contractual service margin.

        changes related to future service – losses recognized as a one-off in the income statement when a group of contracts is onerous (e.g. expected premiums < expected claims); gains are deferred through the amortization of the contractual service margin.

        changes related to past service (result on the loss reserve) – the difference between the estimate of the loss reserve at the beginning of the period and its realization in a given period.

        Investment components excluded from insurance revenue and insurance service expenses (net of reinsurance) - includes changes resulting from the discounting of reserves and, in the case of contracts with direct participation features, the net investment income on the underlying assets.

        Net income from reinsurance business – reflects the net income from outward reinsurance

        Change in fair value of underlying assets for contracts with direct participation featuresincludes the result on units in investment funds and investment certificates related to contracts with direct participation features.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION:

NET INCOME FROM INSURANCE BUSINESS AND FINANCE INCOME AND COSTS RECOGNISED IN OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FROM INSURANCE BUSINESS

2025

2024

Insurance revenue

1,531

1,451

Change in liability for remaining coverage (LRC)

1,450

1,390

The amount of the contractual service margin recognised in profit or loss because of the transfer of insurance contract services in the period (amortisation of contractual margin)

673

726

Change in risk adjustment for non-financial risk

61

56

Anticipated claims and other insurance service costs during the period

721

611

other amounts, for example, experience adjustments for premium receipts other than those that relate to future service

(5)

(3)

Allocation of the portion of the premiums that relate to the recovery of insurance acquisition cash flows

81

61

Costs of insurance activities

(764)

(629)

Incurred claims (excluding investment components) and other incurred insurance service expenses

(700)

(576)

Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows

(82)

(61)

Changes that relate to future service, i.e. losses on onerous groups of contracts and reversals of such losses

(7)

(14)

Changes that relate to past service, i.e. changes in fulfilment cash flows relating to the liability for incurred claims

25

22

Investment components excluded from insurance revenue and insurance service expenses

(184)

(147)

Insurance finance income and expenses recognised in the income statement

(184)

(147)

Change in fair value of underlying items for contracts with direct participation features

(102)

(31)

Interest accrued (discount)

(82)

(116)

Net income from reinsurance business, of which:

(69)

(37)

Interest accrued

3

3

Change in fair value of underlying assets for contracts with direct profit sharing

102

31

Net income from insurance business (Income statement)

616

669

Finance income and costs from insurance business recognized in other comprehensive income1

-

2

Changes in the period recognised in the income statement and in other comprehensive income

616

671

1 Finance income and expenses recognised in other comprehensive income reflect the impact of changes in interest rates and other financial assumptions

 

CHANGE IN LIABILITIES IN RESPECT OF INSURANCE ACTIVITIES IN 2025

Liability for remaining coverage (LRC)

Liability for incurred claims (LIC)

Total

excluding the loss component

loss component

Opening balance, net - 1 January 2025

2,194

20

235

2,449

Insurance revenue

(1,531)

-

-

(1,531)

Costs of insurance activities

82

(7)

689

764

incurred claims and other incurred insurance service expenses

-

(14)

714

700

amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows

82

-

-

82

losses on onerous groups of contracts and reversals of such losses

-

7

-

7

changes in fulfilment cash flows relating to the liability for incurred claims

-

-

(25)

(25)

Investment components excluded from insurance revenue and insurance service expenses

101

2

81

184

Net income from insurance business (Income statement)

(1,348)

(5)

770

(583)

Insurance finance income or expenses recognised in other comprehensive income (gross)

(1)

-

2

1

Changes in the period recognized in the income statement and in other comprehensive income, total

(1,349)

(5)

772

(582)

premiums received for insurance contracts issued

755

-

-

755

incurred claims paid and other insurance service expenses paid for insurance contracts issued

-

-

(722)

(722)

insurance acquisition cash flows

(73)

-

-

(73)

Total cash flows

682

-

(722)

(40)

Closing balance, net - 31 December 2025

1,527

15

285

1,827

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGE IN ASSETS IN RESPECT OF INSURANCE ACTIVITIES (REINSURANCE) IN 2025

Assets on account of reinsurance (for remaining coverage, LRC)

Assets for losses incurred (LIC)

Total

excluding the loss component

loss component

Opening balance, net - 1 January 2025

59

-

46

105

Allocation of reinsurance premiums paid

(159)

-

-

(159)

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers

1

-

85

86

Investment components excluded from insurance revenue and insurance service expenses

3

-

1

4

Net income from insurance business (Income statement)

(155)

-

86

(69)

Insurance finance income or expenses recognised in other comprehensive income (gross)

1

-

-

1

Changes in the period recognized in the income statement and in other comprehensive income, total

(154)

-

86

(68)

premiums received for reinsurance contracts held

134

-

-

134

amounts received

-

-

(83)

(83)

Total cash flows

134

-

(83)

51

Closing balance, net - 31 December 2025

39

-

49

88

 

CHANGE IN LIABILITIES IN RESPECT OF INSURANCE ACTIVITIES IN 2024

Liability for remaining coverage (LRC)

Liability for incurred claims (LIC)

Total

excluding the loss component

loss component

Opening balance, net - 1 January 2024

2,706

19

190

2,915

Insurance revenue

(1,451)

-

-

(1,451)

Costs of insurance activities

60

-

569

629

incurred claims and other incurred insurance service expenses

-

(15)

591

576

amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows

61

-

-

61

losses on onerous groups of contracts and reversals of such losses

(1)

15

-

14

changes in fulfilment cash flows relating to the liability for incurred claims

-

-

(22)

(22)

Investment components excluded from insurance revenue and insurance service expenses

48

1

98

147

Net income from insurance business (Income statement)

(1,343)

1

667

(675)

Insurance finance income or expenses recognised in other comprehensive income (gross)

(2)

-

-

(2)

Changes in the period recognized in the income statement and in other comprehensive income, total

(1,345)

1

667

(677)

premiums received for insurance contracts issued

917

-

-

917

incurred claims paid and other insurance service expenses paid for insurance contracts issued

-

-

(622)

(622)

insurance acquisition cash flows

(84)

-

-

(84)

Total cash flows

833

-

(622)

211

Closing balance, net - 31 December 2024

2,194

20

235

2,449

 

CHANGE IN ASSETS IN RESPECT OF INSURANCE ACTIVITIES (REINSURANCE) IN 2024

Assets on account of reinsurance (for remaining coverage, LRC)

Assets for losses incurred (LIC)

Total

excluding the loss component

loss component

Opening balance, net - 1 January 2024

59

-

31

90

Allocation of reinsurance premiums paid

(133)

-

-

(133)

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers

1

-

92

93

Investment components excluded from insurance revenue and insurance service expenses

3

-

-

3

Net income from insurance business (Income statement)

(129)

-

92

(37)

Changes in the period recognized in the income statement and in other comprehensive income, total

(129)

-

92

(37)

premiums received for reinsurance contracts held

129

-

-

129

amounts received

-

-

(77)

(77)

Total cash flows

129

-

(77)

52

Closing balance, net - 31 December 2024

59

-

46

105

 

CHANGE IN LIABILITIES IN RESPECT OF INSURANCE ACTIVITIES IN 2025

Estimates of present value of future cash flows

Non-financial risk adjustment

Contract margin

Total

Opening balance, net - 1 January 2025

1,551

87

811

2,449

Changes that relate to current service

(18)

(46)

(687)

(751)

change in contractual service margin

-

-

(673)

(673)

change in risk adjustment for non-financial risk

-

(61)

-

(61)

experience adjustments

(18)

15

(14)

(17)

Changes that relate to future service

(696)

75

630

9

changes in estimates that adjust the contractual service margin

206

(13)

(193)

-

losses on onerous groups of contracts and reversals of such losses

(1)

(1)

-

(2)

the effects of contracts initially recognised in the period

(901)

89

823

11

Changes that relate to past service, i.e. changes in fulfilment cash flows relating to incurred claims

(13)

(12)

-

(25)

Insurance finance income and expenses recognised in the income statement

125

-

59

184

Net income from insurance business (Income statement)

(602)

17

2

(583)

Insurance finance income or expenses recognised in other comprehensive income (gross)

1

-

-

1

Changes in the period recognized in the income statement and in other comprehensive income, total

(601)

17

2

(582)

Cash flows

(40)

-

-

(40)

Closing balance, net - 31 December 2025

910

104

813

1,827

 

CHANGE IN LIABILITIES IN RESPECT OF INSURANCE ACTIVITIES (NET OF REINSURANCE) DURING THE 12 MONTHS ENDED

31 DECEMBER 2024

Estimates of present value of future cash flows

Non-financial risk adjustment

Contract margin

Total

Opening balance, net - 1 January 2024

1,678

81

1,156

2,915

Changes that relate to current service

136

(44)

(906)

(814)

change in contractual service margin

-

-

(725)

(725)

change in risk adjustment for non-financial risk

-

(56)

-

(56)

experience adjustments

136

12

(181)

(33)

Changes that relate to future service

(528)

56

486

14

changes in estimates that adjust the contractual service margin

260

(4)

(256)

-

losses on onerous groups of contracts and reversals of such losses

-

1

-

1

the effects of contracts initially recognised in the period

(788)

59

742

13

Changes that relate to past service, i.e. changes in fulfilment cash flows relating to incurred claims

(16)

(6)

-

(22)

Insurance finance income and expenses recognised in the income statement

72

-

75

147

Net income from insurance business (Income statement)

(336)

6

(345)

(675)

Insurance finance income or expenses recognised in other comprehensive income (gross)

(2)

-

-

(2)

Changes in the period recognized in the income statement and in other comprehensive income, total

(338)

6

(345)

(677)

Cash flows

211

-

-

211

Closing balance, net - 31 December 2024

1,551

87

811

2,449

 

CONTRACT MARGIN TO BE RECOGNISED IN THE INCOME STATEMENT

<1 year

1-2 years

2-3 years

3-4 years

4-5 years

5-10 years

above 10 years

Total

31.12.2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance contracts

426

170

109

67

25

8

8

813

Reinsurance contracts

20

5

4

2

1

2

-

34

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance contracts

196

330

146

85

37

11

6

811

Reinsurance contracts

6

12

4

3

2

1

1

29

 

35. Intangible assets

Significant accounting policies:

Software - Acquired software licenses are recognized in the amount of costs of purchase and preparation for use, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses.

The Group uses cloud-based software. The Group assesses whether it has real control over the asset, including:

        the right to take ownership of the software without incurring significant costs,

        the ability to use it independently without loss of usefulness,

        the possibility of running it on own hardware or with another supplier.

Based on these criteria, a portion of the software is classified as intangible assets, and a part as a service (costs recognized in operating expenses).

Goodwill - Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries is presented under "Intangible assets", and that arising on the acquisition of associates and joint ventures - under "Investments in associates and joint ventures". The impairment test is carried out at least once a year.

Other intangible assetsare recognized at the cost of purchase or manufacture, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses.

Development costs - are classified as intangible assets if the following conditions are met: the possibility and intention to complete and use the asset, the availability of technical and financial resources, and the ability to reliably measure the expenditure incurred during development. The Group recognizes the value of in-house development work if it can be used in the Group's operations.

Related notes:

        Useful lives – note “Administrative expenses”;

        Impairment losses – note “Net impairment losses on non-financial assets

Financial information

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

2025

Software

Goodwill

Future profit on concluded insurance contracts

Customer relations

Other, including capital expenditure

of which: software

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

8,163

1,407

45

7

782

655

10,404

Purchase

56

-

-

-

814

814

870

Transfers from capital expenditure

811

-

-

-

(811)

(811)

-

Scrapping and sale

(31)

-

-

-

(1)

-

(32)

Other

(110)

-

-

-

86

85

(24)

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

8,889

1,407

45

7

870

743

11,218

Accumulated amortization as at the beginning of the period

(5,720)

-

(45)

(7)

(96)

(1)

(5,868)

Amortization charge for the period

(687)

-

-

-

(4)

-

(691)

Scrapping and sale

33

-

-

-

1

-

34

Other

(8)

-

-

-

1

1

(7)

Accumulated amortization as at the end of the period

(6,382)

-

(45)

(7)

(98)

-

(6,532)

Impairment losses as at the beginning of the period

(19)

(354)

-

-

(10)

-

(383)

Recognized during the period

(104)

-

-

-

(15)

(15)

(119)

Other

(1)

-

-

-

(1)

-

(2)

Impairment losses as at the end of the period

(122)

(354)

-

-

(26)

(15)

(502)

Carrying amount as at the beginning of the period, net

2,424

1,053

-

-

676

654

4,153

Carrying amount as at the end of the period, net

2,385

1,053

-

-

746

728

4,184

 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

2024

Software

Goodwill

Future profit on concluded insurance contracts

Customer relations

Other, including capital expenditure

of which: software

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

7,366

1,407

45

94

803

670

9,715

Purchase

59

-

-

-

767

766

826

Transfers from capital expenditure

830

-

-

-

(830)

(830)

-

Scrapping and sale

(114)

-

-

(86)

(10)

(1)

(210)

Other

22

-

-

(1)

52

50

73

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

8,163

1,407

45

7

782

655

10,404

Accumulated amortization as at the beginning of the period

(5,179)

-

(45)

(92)

(99)

-

(5,415)

Amortization charge for the period

(640)

-

-

(1)

(4)

-

(645)

Scrapping and sale

111

-

-

86

8

-

205

Other

(12)

-

-

-

(1)

(1)

(13)

Accumulated amortization as at the end of the period

(5,720)

-

(45)

(7)

(96)

(1)

(5,868)

Impairment losses as at the beginning of the period

(18)

(354)

-

-

(10)

-

(382)

Other

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

(1)

Impairment losses as at the end of the period

(19)

(354)

-

-

(10)

-

(383)

Carrying amount as at the beginning of the period, net

2,169

1,053

-

2

694

670

3,918

Carrying amount as at the end of the period, net

2,424

1,053

-

-

676

654

4,153

Expenditure on the Integrated Information System (IIS) is a significant item of intangible assets for the Bank. Total capital expenditure incurred on the IIS in 2007–2025 amounted to PLN 1,417 million (of which PLN 1,345 million in 2007–2024). The net carrying amount of the IIS as at 31 December 2025 was PLN 464 million (PLN 657 million as at 31 December 2024). The expected useful life of the system is 25 years, and as at the end of 2025 its remaining useful life is 6 years.

      Goodwill

Net goodwill

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Nordea Bank Polska S.A.

747

747

PKO Życie Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A.

91

91

Raiffeisen - Leasing Polska SA and its subsidiaries (PKO Leasing S.A.)

57

57

PKO Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A.

150

150

Assets taken over from CFP sp. z o.o.

8

8

Total

1,053

1,053

 

Impairment test – method

Nordea Bank Polska S.A.

At the time of the acquisition, two cash-generating units ("CGUs") were distinguished to which the goodwill arising from the acquisition of Nordea Bank Polska S.A. was allocated – retail and corporate CGUs, corresponding to the operating segments.

The Bank recognized an impairment loss on the goodwill attributable to the corporate CGU of PLN 117 million on 30 June 2020.

Goodwill of Nordea Bank Polska S.A. of PLN 747 million belongs to the retail segment.

The impairment test is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the CGUs with their recoverable amount. The residual value of a retail CGU has been calculated by extrapolating the cash flow projections beyond the projection period using the growth rate adopted at a level of 2.5%. Cash flow projections used in the impairment test covered a period of 10 years and are based on the assumptions included in the financial plan of the Bank for 2026. A discount rate of 10.75%, taking into account the risk-free rate and risk premium, was used for the discounting of the future cash flows.

The impairment test of the goodwill arising from the acquisition of Nordea Bank Polska S.A. assigned to the retail CGU carried out as at 31 December 2025 did not indicate any impairment.

PKO Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A.

The test was carried out using the discounted dividend method, based on the three-year financial forecast prepared by the company, taking into account the residual value. No impairment of goodwill was identified.

PKO Życie Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A.

The test was based on the present value of expected cash flows for the Bank, taking into account the residual value. Cash flow projections covered 5 years and were based on the company's financial forecast. No impairment of goodwill was identified.

Raiffeisen - Leasing Polska S.A. and its subsidiaries (PKO Leasing S.A.)

The goodwill from the acquisition was allocated to the separate portion of the assets of the PKO Leasing S.A. Group, comprising the assets of the acquired Raiffeisen-Leasing Polska S.A. Group. The test was carried out using the discounted dividend method, based on the five-year financial forecast prepared by the company, taking into account the residual value. No impairment of goodwill was identified.

 

Additional information on impairment tests. In the performed tests (except for Nordea Bank Polska S.A.), a discount rate of 11.6908% was used to discount future cash flows. This rate takes into account:

        the risk-free rate, equal to the yield of 10-year treasury bonds as at the date of valuation,

        the market risk premium,

        and the risk ratio determined for projects of PKO Bank Polski S.A.

The valuation methods and forecast periods were adapted to the specific features of activities of the assets or companies being valued.

36. Property, plant and equipment

Significant accounting policies:

property, plant and equipment - are measured at the cost of purchase or manufacture, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Property, plant and equipment comprises controlled fixed assets and capital expenditure for their construction. Fixed assets include items with a useful life of more than one year, which are used for own purposes or handed over to other entities for use under a lease agreement.

capital expenditure - The carrying amount of property, plant and equipment is increased by additional capital expenditure incurred during their use, provided that they satisfy the criteria for recognition as a fixed asset.

Right-of-use assets are presented in the same items in which the underlying assets would be presented, if they were owned by the Group (Note "Leases").

Related notes:

        Useful lives – note “Administrative expenses”;

        Impairment losses – note “Net impairment losses on non-financial assets

Financial information

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

2025

Land and buildings

Machinery and equipment, including computer hardware

Fixed assets under construction

Other, including vehicles

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

4,761

1,942

322

1,037

8,062

Purchase, including modifications

234

25

417

38

714

Transfers from capital expenditure

216

147

(445)

82

-

Scrapping and sale

(33)

(96)

-

(71)

(200)

Other

(34)

(16)

(5)

(11)

(66)

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

5,144

2,002

289

1,075

8,510

Accumulated depreciation as at the beginning of the period

(2,537)

(1,508)

-

(557)

(4,602)

Depreciation charge for the period 

(327)

(152)

-

(68)

(547)

Scrapping and sale

28

95

-

62

185

Other

23

9

-

5

37

Accumulated depreciation as at the end of the period 

(2,813)

(1,556)

-

(558)

(4,927)

Impairment losses as at the beginning of the period

(135)

(5)

-

-

(140)

Recognized during the period

(28)

-

-

-

(28)

Reversed during the period

1

-

-

-

1

Other

13

-

-

-

13

Impairment losses as at the end of the period

(149)

(5)

-

-

(154)

Carrying amount as at the beginning of the period, net

2,089

429

322

480

3,320

Carrying amount as at the end of the period, net

2,182

441

289

517

3,429

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

2024

Land and buildings

Machinery and equipment, including computer hardware

Fixed assets under construction

Other, including vehicles

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

4,486

1,908

285

958

7,637

Purchase, including modifications

318

15

340

68

741

Transfers from capital expenditure

55

147

(296)

94

-

Scrapping and sale

(35)

(116)

-

(60)

(211)

Other

(63)

(12)

(7)

(23)

(105)

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

4,761

1,942

322

1,037

8,062

Accumulated depreciation as at the beginning of the period

(2,271)

(1,474)

-

(554)

(4,299)

Depreciation charge for the period 

(328)

(158)

-

(60)

(546)

Scrapping and sale

25

115

-

50

190

Other

37

9

-

7

53

Accumulated depreciation as at the end of the period 

(2,537)

(1,508)

-

(557)

(4,602)

Impairment losses as at the beginning of the period

(127)

(4)

(3)

(1)

(135)

Recognized during the period

(17)

(1)

-

-

(18)

Other

9

-

3

1

13

Impairment losses as at the end of the period

(135)

(5)

-

-

(140)

Carrying amount as at the beginning of the period, net

2,088

430

282

403

3,203

Carrying amount as at the end of the period, net

2,089

429

322

480

3,320

 

 

37. Investments in associates and joint ventures

37.1.                   Joint ventures

Financial information

JOINT VENTURES

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

“Centrum Obsługi Biznesu" sp. z o.o.

-

-

Acquisition price

17

17

Change in net investment

(17)

(17)

Centrum Elektronicznych Usług Płatniczych eService sp. z o.o. Group

316

287

Value of shares as at the date of obtaining joint control

197

197

Change in net investment

119

154

Dividend

(41)

(64)

Operator Chmury Krajowej sp. z o.o.

9

4

Value of shares as at the date of obtaining joint control

61

61

Change in net investment

(52)

(57)

BSafer sp. z o.o. 

-

-

Acquisition price

1

1

Impairment loss

(1)

(1)

Total

325

291

 

CHANGE IN INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES

2025

2024

Investments in joint ventures as at the beginning of the period

291

284

Share in profits and losses

74

72

Dividend

(41)

(64)

Other

1

(1)

Investments in joint ventures as at the end of the period

325

291

Selected information on joint ventures

Data source: financial statements of the entities. In the case of companies which have subsidiaries, the presented data is derived from the consolidated financial statements of these companies. The data for 2024 is derived from audited financial statements.

Centrum Elektronicznych Usług Płatniczych eService sp. z o.o. (in accordance with IFRS)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Current assets

571

488

Non-current assets

139

159

Current liabilities

240

257

Non-current liabilities

17

21

 

2025

2024

Revenue

673

673

Profit/(loss) for the period

204

216

Other comprehensive income

4

2

Total comprehensive income

208

218

Dividends received from the company

41

64

 

"Centrum Obsługi Biznesu" sp. z o.o. (in accordance with Polish Accounting Standards)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Current assets

10

12

Non-current assets

68

70

Current liabilities

30

33

Non-current liabilities

52

53

 

2025

2024

Revenue

38

37

Profit/(loss) for the period

1

(1)

 

Operator Chmury Krajowej sp. z o.o. (in accordance with Polish Accounting Standards)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Current assets

243

190

Non-current assets

77

103

Current liabilities

217

192

Non-current liabilities

69

76

 

2025

2024

Revenue

599

474

Profit/(loss) for the period

10

1

 

In 2025 and 2024, the Group did not recognize any additional impairment losses on goodwill and investments in joint ventures.

37.2.                   Associates

Financial information

ASSOCIATES

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Bank Pocztowy S.A.

-

-

    Acquisition price

184

184

    Change in net investment

222

157

    Impairment loss

(406)

(341)

“Poznański Fundusz Poręczeń Kredytowych" sp. z o.o.

-

-

    Acquisition price

2

2

    Change in net investment

6

6

    Impairment loss

(8)

(8)

Total

-

-

 

CHANGE IN INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

2025

2024

Share in profits and losses

50

51

Net impairment loss

(64)

(74)

Share in the change in other comprehensive income

14

23

Value of investments in associates at the end of the period

-

-

As at 31 December 2025 and 2024, the parent entity did not have any share in contingent liabilities of associates acquired together with another investor.

Selected information on associates

Source data: financial statements. In the case of companies which have subsidiaries, the presented data is derived from the consolidated financial statements of these companies. The data for 2024 is derived from audited financial statements.

Bank Pocztowy S.A. (figures as published by the company in accordance with IFRS)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Total assets

11,399

10,028

Total liabilities

10,089

8,982

 

2025

2024

Revenue

718

679

Profit/(loss) for the period

206

181

Other comprehensive income

59

48

Total comprehensive income

265

230

 

"Poznański Fundusz Poręczeń Kredytowych" sp. z o.o. (in accordance with Polish Accounting Standards)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Current assets

17

25

Non-current assets

15

10

Current liabilities

4

5

Non-current liabilities

4

7

 

2025

2024

Revenue

3

4

Profit/(loss) for the period

1

2

 

38. Other assets

Significant accounting policies:General accounting policies for financial instruments

Other financial assets - are measured at amounts due, comprising also potential interest, taking into consideration allowances for expected credit losses. Other non-financial assets - are measured in accordance with the policies applicable to specific categories of assets recognized in this item. Inventories - are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

financial information

Information on other financial assets in terms of credit risk exposure - note „Credit risk – financial information”.

OTHER ASSETS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Other financial assets

2,107

2,482

Settlements in respect of card transactions

1,372

1,533

Settlement of financial instruments

51

178

Receivables in respect of cash settlements

368

395

Receivables and settlements in respect of trading in securities

13

9

Sale of foreign currencies

-

93

Trade receivables

242

238

Other

61

36

Other non-financial assets

1,470

865

Inventories

212

214

Assets for sale

208

165

Prepayments and deferred costs

160

166

VAT receivable

60

41

Receivables from customers for whom the mortgage loan agreements in convertible currencies have been legally declared invalid in respect of the principal originally disbursed to these customers

672

129

Other

158

150

Total

3,577

3,347

 

 

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

current

2,105

2,482

long-term

2

-

Total

2,107

2,482

 

OTHER NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Gross carrying amount

2,597

1,568

Odpisy1

(1,127)

(703)

Net carrying amount

1,470

865

1 In 2025, the Group recognized impairment losses on other non-financial assets of PLN 284 million (in 2024: PLN 326 million) relating to receivables from customers for whom the mortgage loan agreements in convertible currencies have been legally declared invalid in respect of the principal originally disbursed to these customers (see Note "Net impairment of non-financial assets").

39. Other liabilities

Significant accounting policies: General significant accounting policies for financial instruments

Other financial liabilities - are measured at amounts due which cover potential interest. Provisions for future payments are determined at a reliably estimated amount necessary to meet the present obligation as at the end of the reporting period.

OTHER NON-FINANCIAL LIABILITIES are measured in accordance with the measurement policies applicable to particular categories of liabilities recognized in this item. The provision for accrued holiday entitlements is recognized at the amount of expected outflows of funds, excluding discounting, based on the outstanding holiday days to be utilized by the Group's employees and the average monthly salary (Note "Administrative expenses").

Financial information

OTHER LIABILITIES

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Other financial liabilities

4,213

4,227

Costs to be paid

367

411

Interbank settlements

535

520

Liabilities arising from investing activities and internal operations

272

249

Amounts due to suppliers

290

310

Liabilities and settlements in respect of trading in securities

532

506

Settlement of financial instruments

15

22

Liabilities in respect of foreign exchange activities

743

746

Liabilities in respect of payment cards

297

305

Lease liabilities

1,143

1,145

Other

19

13

Other non-financial liabilities

5,090

3,961

Deferred income

679

701

Liability in respect of tax on certain financial institutions

120

111

Liabilities in respect of a contribution to the BGF maintained in the form of payment obligations*

1,089

929

to the Resolution Fund

639

543

to the Bank Guarantee Fund

450

386

Liabilities under the public law

718

596

Commitments relating to the reimbursement of principal and interest instalments paid by customers on invalidated mortgage loan agreements in convertible currencies

931

396

Provision for accrued holiday entitlements

172

146

Provision for other employee benefits

862

585

Other

519

497

Total

9,303

8,188

*Note "Assets pledged to secure liabilities and financial assets transferred".

 

OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (Carrying amount)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

current

3,326

3,333

long-term

887

 894

Total

4,213

4,227

 

40. Provisions

Significant accounting policies:

      provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

The provision is established at the amount of expected credit losses (Note "Net allowances for expected credit losses").

In the portfolio analysis, portfolio parameters estimated using statistical methods are used, based on historical data for exposures with the same characteristics. These parameters define:

        the probability of evidence of impairment,

        the average utilization of an off-balance sheet liability,

        and the expected loss in the event of impairment in subsequent months from the reporting date to the calculation horizon.

For individually significant exposures, the provision is determined on an individual basis - as the difference between the expected amount of the balance sheet credit exposure which will arise from the granted off-balance sheet liability at the time of impairment, and the present value of expected future cash flows from this exposure.

      provisions for legal claims, excluding legal claims relating to mortgage loans in convertible currencies

Provisions include legal claims with counterparties, customers and external institutions (e.g. UOKiK), which are created based on an evaluation of the probability of a court case being lost by the Group and the expected amount of payment (legal claims Note "Legal claims"). Provisions are recognized in the amount of expected outflow of economic benefits.

      Provisions for potential legal claims against the bank relating to mortgage loans in convertible currencies - Note "Cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies".

      provision for retirement benefits and other defined post-employment benefits

The provision for retirement and disability benefits resulting from the Labor Code is recognized individually for each employee on the basis of an actuarial valuation. The basis for determining the value of provisions are the Group's internal regulations. The Group recognizes these provisions in accordance with IAS 19 as a defined benefit plan.

Valuation of provisions is performed using actuarial techniques and assumptions. It takes into account all severance payments that may be paid in the future, based on a list of employees containing the data necessary for the calculation (length of service, age, gender). The provisions correspond to discounted future payments, taking into account staff turnover.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in other comprehensive income. The Group recognizes employment costs and net interest on the defined benefit obligation in the income statement.

      provisions for consumer protection issues - Note "Legal claims (section: Proceedings before the President of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection).

      other provisions

They mainly include a provision for the refund of commission to customers for early repayment of the loan in full, donations to the PKO Bank Polski S.A. Foundation, for potential claims related to the sale of receivables (Note "Information on the sale of impaired loan portfolios"), and for employee disputed claims.

Provisions for future payments are measured at reliably estimated amounts necessary to meet the present obligation as at the end of the reporting period. Other provisions are recognized in the income statement.

Estimates and judgments concerning the provision for retirement benefits and other defined post-employment benefits:

The Group updated its estimates of provisions using calculations performed by an external actuary.

COMPONENTS AFFECTING THE PROVISION AMOUNT (%)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

financial discount rate adopted

5.15

5.85

weighted average ratio of employee mobility

8.66

8.94

average remaining period of service in years

7.52

7.51

10-year average assumed annual increase in the basis calculation of retirement benefits

2.67

2.69

The impact of the increase/decrease in the financial discount rate and of the planned increases of 1 p.p. in the provision base on the decrease/increase in the value of the provision is presented in the table below: 

ESTIMATED CHANGE IN PROVISION for retirement benefits and other defined post-employment benefits

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

+1pp scenario

-1pp scenario

+1pp scenario

-1pp scenario

Discount rate

(5)

6

(4)

5

Planned increases in base amounts

8

(6)

6

(5)

Financial information

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

31 DECEMBER 2025

Provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted1

Provisions for legal claims, excluding legal claims relating to mortgage loans in convertible currencies

Provisions for legal claims against the bank relating to mortgage loans in convertible currencies2,3

Provisions for retirement benefits and other defined post-employment benefits

Restructuring

 

Provisions for consumer protection issues

Other provisions, including provisions for employee disputed claims

Total

As at the beginning of the period

633

119

5,733

79

23

-

64

6,651

Increases, including increases of existing provisions

34

112

3,037

27

-

408

21

3,639

Utilized amounts

-

(8)

(2,510)

(5)

(6)

-

(52)

(2,581)

Unused provisions reversed during the period

(37)

(27)

-

-

-

-

(4)

(68)

Other changes and reclassifications

(2)

(1)

(2)

-

-

-

-

(5)

As at the end of the period

628

195

6,258

101

17

408

29

7,636

Short-term provisions

489

19

2,053

17

17

197

-

2,792

Long-term provisions

139

176

4,205

84

-

211

29

4,844

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

31 DECEMBER 2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at the beginning of the period

751

114

3,001

72

29

-

60

4,027

Increases, including increases of existing provisions

26

23

4,266

12

-

-

52

4,379

Utilized amounts

-

(5)

(956)

(4)

(6)

-

(42)

(1,013)

Unused provisions reversed during the period

(143)

(13)

-

(1)

-

-

(5)

(162)

Other changes and reclassifications

(1)

-

(578)

-

-

-

(1)

(580)

As at the end of the period

633

119

5,733

79

23

-

64

6,651

Short-term provisions

479

6

 1,870

15

23

-

46

2,439

Long-term provisions

154

113

3,863

64

-

-

18

4,212

1 See note “Credit risk – financial information”.

2 See note Cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies”.

3 The value of PLN 578 million in 2024 in the line “other changes and reclassifications” in the column “Provisions for legal claims against the Bank relating to mortgage loans in convertible currencies” relates to the reclassification (allocation) of the provision for legal risk of mortgage loans to loans and advances to customers (retail and private banking real estate loans) as a deduction from their gross carrying amount.

Provisions for disability and retirement benefits(actuarial provision)

2025

2024

Provision at the beginning of the period

75

69

Current service cost

3

3

Interest expense

4

3

Actuarial (gains) and losses recognized in other comprehensive income

12

3

Benefits paid

(4)

(3)

Provision at the end of the period (net)

90

75

Provisions for death-in-service benefits (actuarial provision)

2025

2024

Provision at the beginning of the period

-

-

Past service cost

5

-

Provision at the end of the period (net)

5

-

 

Breakdown of actuarial gains and losses (actuarial provision)

Total amount of provisions

2025

2024

Change in financial assumptions

5

(6)

Change in demographic assumptions

3

1

Other changes

4

8

Total actuarial (gains) and losses

12

3

 

 

 

41. Contingent liabilities and off-balance sheet liabilities received and granted

Significant accounting policies:

For the principles of recognizing provisions for off-balance sheet commitments granted, see the Note "Provisions".

Upon initial recognition financial guarantee agreements are stated at fair value. In subsequent periods, financial guarantees are measured at the higher of the following two amounts:

        allowances for expected credit losses; or

        the amount of commission recognized initially, less accumulated amortization in accordance with IFRS 15.

Financial information

           Contractual commitments

VALUE OF CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS CONCERNING

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

intangible assets

38

66

property, plant and equipment

106

131

Total

144

197    

           Financial liabilities and guarantees granted

FINANCIAL AND GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS GRANTED 31.12.2025

Notional amount

Provisions per IFRS 9

Value less provisions

Credit lines and limits

93,089

(574)

92,515

real estate

8,283

(17)

8,266

business

64,085

(451)

63,634

consumer

13,016

(98)

12,918

in respect of factoring

7,028

-

7,028

in respect of finance leases

677

(8)

669

Other

3,587

-

3,587

Total financial commitments granted, including:

96,676

(574)

96,102

irrevocable commitments granted

38,082

(294)

37,788

Guarantees and sureties granted

 

 

 

guarantees in domestic and foreign trading

11,854

(50)

11,804

to financial entities

3,404

(2)

3,402

to non-financial entities

8,366

(48)

8,318

to state budget entities

84

-

84

domestic municipal bonds (state budget entities)

80

-

80

letters of credit

1,479

(4)

1,475

to financial entities

54

-

54

to non-financial entities

1,425

(4)

1,421

payment guarantees to financial entities

61

-

61

Total guarantees and sureties granted, including:

13,474

(54)

13,420

irrevocable commitments granted

10,768

(49)

10,719

performance guarantee

4,526

(27)

4,499

Total financial and guarantee commitments granted

110,150

(628)

109,522

 

FINANCIAL AND GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS GRANTED 31.12.2024

Notional amount

Provisions per IFRS 9

Value less provisions

Credit lines and limits

87,106

(553)

86,553

real estate

6,816

(30)

6,786

business

62,638

(409)

62,229

consumer

11,792

(114)

11,678

in respect of factoring

5,116

-

5,116

in respect of finance leases

744

-

744

Other

3,940

-

3,940

Total financial commitments granted, including:

91,046

(553)

90,493

irrevocable commitments granted

34,498

(306)

34,192

Guarantees and sureties granted

 

 

 

guarantees in domestic and foreign trading

10,390

(77)

10,313

to financial entities

2,543

(1)

2,542

to non-financial entities

7,817

(76)

7,741

to state budget entities

30

-

30

domestic municipal bonds (state budget entities)

138

-

138

letters of credit

1,488

(3)

1,485

to financial entities

31

-

31

to non-financial entities

1,457

(3)

1,454

payment guarantees to financial entities

82

-

82

Total guarantees and sureties granted, including:

12,098

(80)

12,018

irrevocable commitments granted

9,372

(75)

9,297

performance guarantee

3,788

(46)

3,742

Total financial and guarantee commitments granted

103,144

(633)

102,511

 

Additionally, as at 31 December 2025, the Group also had commitments granted in respect of binding offers amounting to PLN 5,903 million, relating mainly to the financing of business loans, mortgage loans and loans to individuals, as well as organizing bond issues for local government units.

For more information on credit risk exposures, see Note "Credit risk – financial information".

           nominal value of commitments granted by maturity

COMMITMENTS GRANTED BY MATURITY AS AT 31.12.2025

up to 1 month (inclusive)

1 to 3 months (inclusive)

3 months to 1 year (inclusive)

1 year to 5 years inclusive

more than 5 years

Total

financial

8,752

4,803

38,620

24,285

20,216

96,676

guarantees and sureties

517

1,199

4,932

5,321

1,505

13,474

Total

9,269

6,002

43,552

29,606

21,721

110,150

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial

18,078

5,711

30,553

24,802

11,902

91,046

guarantees and sureties

848

1,086

3,498

5,079

1,587

12,098

Total

18,926

6,797

34,051

29,881

13,489

103,144

           Off-balance sheet liabilities received

OFF-BALANCE SHEET LIABILITIES RECEIVED BY NOMINAL VALUE

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Financial

253

106

Guarantees

20,385

20,616

Total

20,638

20,722

           synthetic securitization transaction 

On 12 May 2025, the Group concluded a package of agreements with a private investor, Christofferson, Robb & Company, acting through one of its investment vehicles, concerning a synthetic securitization transaction carried out on a portfolio of corporate loans with a nominal value of PLN 1,892 million (as at 28 February 2025). The Transaction was the first operation of this kind in the Bank's history. As part of the concluded transaction, the Group transferred a significant portion of the credit risk from the selected portfolio subject to securitization to the investor without the need to sell it. The selected portfolio of corporate loans covered by the securitization remains in the Group's statement of financial position.

The transfer of the risk of the securitized portfolio is carried out through a credit protection instrument in the form of a financial guarantee secured by a deposit placed with the Group. The transaction meets the requirements for significant risk transfer specified in the CRR Regulation and has been structured as meeting the STS criteria (simple, transparent, and standardized securitization) in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/2402 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 December 2017.

           guarantee agreement

On 30 January 2025, the Group concluded an annex to the guarantee agreement with a counterparty, providing unfunded credit protection as regards a portfolio of selected corporate credit receivables of the Group, in accordance with the CRR (“Guarantee”). Following the execution of this annex, the terms and conditions of the Guarantee changed to the effect that the total value of the Bank's debt portfolio covered by the Guarantee was PLN 16,886 million, and the portfolio consisted of the bond portfolio of PLN 2,365 million (“Portfolio A”) and the portfolio of other receivables of PLN 14,521 million (“Portfolio B”). The coverage ratio is 100% for Portfolio A and 80% for Portfolio B, with the total maximum amount of the Guarantee remaining unchanged at PLN 13,982 million.

42. Legal claims

The total value of court proceedings in which the Group companies act as:

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

defendant

13,856

15,587

plaintiff

6,391

7,313

        Material litigation concerning credit products offered by the Group

As at 31 December 2025, the Group participates in court proceedings related to three main categories of credit products: mortgage loans in convertible currencies (mainly CHF), mortgage loans bearing interest at a floating rate (WIBOR), and consumer loans subject to the so-called free credit sanction.

1)      mortgage loans in convertible currencies

As at 31 December 2025, 31,997 court proceedings were pending against the Bank with a total value in dispute of PLN 13,343 million (as at 31 December 2024: 36,004 proceedings amounting to PLN 14,764 million).

The subject matter of the claims are mainly demands for declaration of invalidity of agreements or for repayment of performance rendered by customers in execution of allegedly invalid agreements. Customers allege abusive provisions and/or that the agreements are contrary to the law. None of the clauses used by the Bank in the agreements was entered in the register of prohibited contractual clauses. In the Bank's assessment, the number of proceedings is strongly influenced by marketing campaigns of law firms, which encourage borrowers to file lawsuits.

The Group monitors on an ongoing basis the case law of national and EU courts in foreign currency loan cases.

By 31 December 2025, 15,542 final rulings were issued in the Bank's cases, the vast majority of which were favourable to borrowers.

On 25 April 2024, in case ref. III CZP 25/22, the Supreme Court, sitting as the full Civil Chamber, issued a resolution which has the force of law. In this resolution, the Supreme Court held, inter alia, that after finding the exchange rate clause to be abusive, it cannot be replaced by another mechanism, and consequently the agreement is not binding in its entirety. It was also indicated that the parties have independent claims for the repayment of wrongful performance, and the limitation period of the Bank's claim for repayment of the disbursed principal begins to run, in principle, from the day the agreement was challenged by the customer. However, the parties to the agreement are not entitled to interest until there is a delay in the repayment of the performance, nor to other consideration for the use of the capital.

The Bank files lawsuits for the repayment of disbursed capital (restitution lawsuits). As at 31 December 2025, 19 599 such cases were pending in which the Group was a claimant, for a total amount of PLN 6,022 million (as at 31 December 2024: PLN 5 693 million). Additionally, restitution claims are raised as alternative claims in other cases, including debt collection proceedings.

On 19 June 2025, in case C-396/24, the CJEU issued a judgment in which it held, inter alia, that Article 7(1) of Directive 93/13 precludes national regulations which allow the seller or supplier to demand reimbursement of the entire nominal amount of the loan, irrespective of the repayments made by the consumer.

In July 2025, the Regional Court in Warsaw referred a request for a preliminary ruling to the CJEU concerning, inter alia, whether the provisions of the above-mentioned Directive preclude the application, in the settlement between the parties to an invalid loan agreement, of an arrangement under which the consumer's claim for reimbursement of payments made in performance of such an agreement is ex officio set off by the court against the bank's claim for reimbursement of the loan capital disbursed, with the result that, in the view of the court, the consumer's claim on this basis arises only when the sum of his payments exceeds the amount of the loan capital disbursed (C-510/25). The Bank submitted a written position on this matter.

On 27 November 2025, in case C-746/24, the CJEU ruled that Article 6(1) and Article 7(1) of Council Directive 93/13 preclude national legislation allowing a consumer – acting as a defendant who has lost a case in an action for the return of borrowed capital, brought by a seller or supplier following the invalidation of a credit agreement due to the unfair nature of its terms – to be charged with the costs of proceedings, including court fees, which, due to the differentiation introduced by that legislation when calculating the amount of those fees depending on whether the claimant has the status of a consumer, significantly exceed the costs that consumer would have had to bear if he or she had lost the case in an action brought by him or her.

On 11 December 2025, in case C-767/24, the CJEU ruled that Article 7(1) of Directive 93/13, in connection with the invalidity of a credit agreement as a result of the elimination of prohibited contractual provisions from it, must be interpreted as meaning that it precludes national case-law according to which the submission by a consumer of a declaration of set-off of his or her claim against the bank's claim entails an implicit waiver of the statute of limitations objection regarding the bank's claim.

In 2024, the Regional Court in Warsaw referred a preliminary ruling question to the CJEU (ref. C-753/24) concerning the compatibility with EU law of national provisions allowing for the grant of a time-barred claim by the Bank if equity considerations so require. The question concerns the interpretation of Article 7(1) of Directive 93/13 and the principles of effectiveness, proportionality, legal certainty and access to justice. The Bank and other parties, including the European Commission and the Republic of Poland, submitted written observations.

In 2025, the Regional Court in Warsaw in the Bank's cases referred further questions for a preliminary ruling as to whether the set-off of mutual claims made by a consumer may deprive him or her of the right to default interest on his or her claim extinguished by the set-off.

On 22 January 2026, in case C-902/24, the CJEU indicated that a seller or supplier may effect an alternative set-off, i.e. in the event that the agreement is declared invalid, however, the seller's or supplier's claim for the return of capital becomes due only after the dispute over the validity of the agreement has ended.

In the Bank's assessment, both the CJEU case law and the practice of applying the Supreme Court resolution will be of material significance for the further course of proceedings concerning foreign currency loans.

2)      MORTGAGE LOANS BEARING INTEREST AT A FLOATING RATE

As at 31 December 2025, 737 court proceedings were pending against the Group (as at 31 December 2024: 347), in which customers challenge the floating interest rate structure and the rules for setting the WIBOR benchmark rate. The total value of the subject matter of litigation in these cases was PLN 172 million (as at 31 December 2024: PLN 81 million). The Group has not established a provision for the above proceedings, assessing the claims as unfounded.

In cases brought by clients against the Bank, Regional Courts referred requests for a preliminary ruling to the CJEU concerning the possibility of examining contractual clauses relating to:

1)      On 31 May 2024, the Regional Court in Częstochowa (Case C-471/24) – interest rates based on the WIBOR index in light of the provisions of Council Directive 93/13/EEC, in particular:

        whether examination of these clauses as potentially unfair is possible,

        whether these clauses may be regarded as non-transparent or as causing a contractual imbalance to the detriment of the consumer,

        and whether it is possible to maintain the contract in force with an interest rate based solely on the bank's margin (i.e. with a fixed interest rate), in the event of elimination of the WIBOR index.

The preliminary ruling request has been served on the Bank, which submitted a written position on the case. The hearing took place on 11 June 2025, and on 11 September 2025 the Opinion of the Advocate General of the CJEU was delivered. On 12 February 2026, the CJEU ruled that a variable interest rate clause based on a benchmark index, such as WIBOR, may be examined in the light of Directive 93/13/EEC, provided that national courts are not entitled to examine the methodology for determining the WIBOR index, as it results from the EU BMR Regulation. Furthermore, the transparency requirement provided for in the Directive does not impose an obligation on the bank to provide the consumer with detailed information on the methodology of the benchmark index, and any failure by the bank to provide information on the specific features of the benchmark index, including the lack of transactionality or the provision of input data by the bank, does not mean that the clause is abusive. The CJEU also indicated that if the abusiveness of a clause is to be assessed, the contractual interest rate should be compared, inter alia, with the statutory interest rate and the interest rate on loans commonly applied on the market.

2)      On 30 June 2025, the Regional Court of Warsaw-Praga in Warsaw (ref. C-586/25):

        whether a claim seeking to deprive an enforceable title of enforceability constituted by a final order for payment may be granted where the basis for the consumer's claim is the allegation that the credit agreement contains unfair terms, although the defendants — despite having been served with a copy of the order for payment — failed to lodge objections to that order within the statutory time limit;

        whether a contractual term (in an agreement concluded before the entry into force of the BMR) introducing a variable interest rate clause can be regarded as drafted in plain and intelligible language where:

           the bank informed the borrower that the interest rate consists of a margin and a reference index;

           the bank did not inform the borrower how and by whom the reference index is determined, nor how it fluctuated in previous years;

           the agreement in the scope of the benchmark index refers to an external information service to which the consumer is not guaranteed access throughout the entire lending period and the period after the expiry of the agreement, when he or she may invoke the rights resulting from the inclusion of unfair terms in it.

        whether, in a consumer credit agreement, a term providing that the factor influencing changes in the interest rate is the WIBOR reference index — which, on the date the credit agreement was concluded by the parties, was not regulated by binding statutory provisions but was determined by a third party not subject to institutional supervision, and the lending bank had an indirect influence on the level of that index — causes a significant imbalance in the parties' rights and obligations to the detriment of the consumer;

        whether, if the term determining a variable interest rate is found to be unfair due to its reference to the WIBOR reference index, the parties may remain bound by the credit agreement on the assumption that it is a fixed-rate loan at the level of the bank's fixed margin specified in the agreement, or whether the consequence of the consumer not being bound by the unfair term determining the variable interest rate is that the agreement must be declared null and void ex tunc.

Case C-586/25 has been joined for joint examination with case C-630/25. The request for a preliminary ruling has been served on the Bank, which submitted a written position on the joined cases.

3)      On 25 September 2025, the Regional Court in Warsaw (ref. C-630/25) - of an agreement concluded before 1 January 2018 relating to:

        Directive 93/13 imposes on a bank an obligation to inform the consumer of:

a)      the entity which develops the reference index forming the basis of the loan interest rate;

b)      the detailed rules governing the determination of that reference index underlying the loan interest rate, including, in particular, providing the consumer with the text of the rulebook containing those rules and informing the consumer that the index is calculated on the basis of declarations by a group of banks rather than actual market transactions;

        under Directive 93/13, whether a contractual term determining the loan interest rate which uses a reference index may be regarded as unfair where that index:

a)      is calculated on the basis of declarations by a group of banks rather than actual market transactions;

b)      is not defined in national or EU law but in the internal rulebook of an association established by banks or bank employees, and no State authority supervises the manner in which that index is developed;

c)       does not reflect the actual costs of financing the loan.

Case C-586/25 has been joined for joint examination with case C-630/25. The request for a preliminary ruling has been served on the Bank, which submitted a written position on the joined cases.

3)      LITIGATION AGAINST THE BANK CONCERNING THE FREE CREDIT SANCTION

As at 31 December 2025, there were 6,677 court proceedings pending against the Group relating to the free credit sanction, with a total value in dispute of PLN 180 million (as at 31 December 2024: 4,214 proceedings with a value of PLN 100 million). These proceedings are initiated by customers or entities that have acquired receivables from customers and relate to the provisions of cash loan agreements. The Group disputes the validity of the claims raised in these cases, and the case law to date is largely in favour of the Group. The Group had not set up a provision for these proceedings.

By order of 25 January 2024, the District Court for Warsaw-Śródmieście addressed preliminary ruling questions to the CJEU concerning, inter alia:

        the possibility of assignment of consumer rights to a third party who is not a consumer,

        the court's obligation to examine of its own motion unfair terms in claim assignment agreements.

The proceedings were pending under case number C-80/24. The Bank submitted a written position. On 30 April 2025, the Advocate General's opinion was delivered. The judgment was delivered on 9 October 2025. 

By order of 19 July 2024, the Regional Court in Poznań referred legal issues to the Supreme Court (ref. III CZP 15/25) concerning, inter alia:

        the scope of the court's obligation in examining the free credit sanction,

        the time limit for the expiry of the right to submit a statement regarding the sanction,

        the grounds for applying the free credit sanction,

        the principles of charging interest on non-interest costs of the loan,

        the effects of incorrect calculation of the annual percentage rate.

On 30 July 2025, a session of the Supreme Court was held, at which an order was issued to suspend the case until the resolution of cases pending before the CJEU (concerning other banks: C-566/24 of 21 August 2024, C-744/24 of 24 October 2024, and concerning the Bank described below - C-831/24).

By order of 19 November 2024, the District Court in Białystok referred preliminary ruling questions to the CJEU concerning the obligations of the national court when examining claims relating to the free credit sanction, including:

        the scope of examining infringements of legal provisions,

        requirements concerning the early repayment procedure,

        the effects of the absence of a complete description of this procedure.

The proceedings are pending under case number C-831/24. The Bank submitted its written position in April 2025.

By order of 28 March 2025, the Regional Court in Opole (ref. C-429/25) addressed a question to the CJEU regarding the interpretation of provisions on sanctions for breaching the information obligation in consumer credit agreements. The preliminary ruling request has been served on the Bank. The Bank submitted its written observations within the prescribed deadline.

By order of 22 May 2025, the District Court for Kraków-Nowa Huta in Kraków (ref. C-473/25) referred questions for a preliminary ruling to the CJEU concerning the obligations of a national court when hearing claims arising from the free credit sanction, including:

        the conformity of the Consumer Credit Act with the Directive on credit agreements for consumers;

        whether the nature of the infringement is relevant when applying the free credit sanction;

        the principles of charging interest on non-interest costs of the loan,

        the manner in which the total amount of loan is defined in the agreement.

The preliminary ruling request has been served on the Bank. The Bank submitted its written observations within the prescribed deadline.

In a case (concerning another bank, ref. No C-472/23) the CJEU issued a ruling on 13 February 2025, stating that:

        the specification of an overstated APRC in a credit agreement, as a consequence of certain terms of that agreement being found to be unfair, does not in itself constitute an infringement of the obligation to provide information,

        the indication in a credit agreement of circumstances justifying an increase in charges, where a reasonably observant and circumspect consumer is not in a position to ascertain whether they have arisen and their effect, constitutes an infringement of the obligation to provide information, where it calls into question the possibility for the consumer to assess the extent of his or her liability,

        In the event of an infringement of the obligation to provide information, the bank may be deprived of its right to interest and charges, where that infringement affects the consumer’s ability to assess the extent of his or her liability, with the verification falling within the competence of the national court.

        Proceedings before the President of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection (UOKiK)

1)      Proceedings relating to modification clauses

The proceedings were initiated on 12 March 2019 and concern provisions of the template agreement enabling the Bank to unilaterally amend the terms and conditions of the agreement, including fees and commission. In the opinion of the President of UOKiK, these clauses give the Bank unlimited freedom in shaping the content of the agreement, which may violate good practice and be a gross violation of consumers' interests. In its response of 31 May 2019, the Bank challenged the validity of the allegations, indicating that the provisions are precisely defined and clearly specify the conditions for their application. In the course of the proceedings, UOKiK issued summonses to provide additional information, including by orders of 7 June 2022 and 19 April 2024. The Bank provided responses respectively on: 11 July and 30 September 2022 and 24 May and 27 June 2024.  On 1 September 2025, the Bank submitted to the UOKiK information on the amount of turnover achieved in 2024. By a summons dated 11 February 2026, the Bank was obliged to provide further information in connection with the proceedings. The current deadline for the conclusion of the proceedings, as indicated by the UOKiK, is 30 June 2026. In 2025, the Group recognised a provision for these proceedings in the amount of PLN 211 million.

2)    Proceedings in respect of unauthorised transactions

The proceedings were initiated on 2 February 2024 and concern two main practices of the Bank which, in the opinion of UOKiK, may violate the collective interests of consumers:

        informing consumers, in responses to reports of unauthorised transactions, about establishing their responsibility for unauthorised transactions solely on the basis of a correct authentication process, without specifying concrete evidence of gross negligence or intentional action, which may breach Article 45(2) of the Act on payment services,

        withdrawing the conditional refund in the case of negative investigation of the complaint, which – according to UOKiK – may be inconsistent with Article 46(1) of the same Act.

In a letter of 27 March 2024, the Bank challenged the allegations, claiming that they were unfounded, and on 26 June 2024 declared its willingness to engage in discussions with UOKiK in order to find a solution that takes into account the interests of both parties. In a letter to UOKiK of 9 May 2025, the Bank presented proposals for commitments, and on 28 May 2025 a meeting with UOKiK took place at which these were discussed. The Bank provided further information in letters dated 11 June 2025, and 10 July 2025. On 29 July 2025, the Bank received a proposal for a Uniform Commitment Statement, to which it responded on 1 September 2025. On 7 October 2025, a meeting was held between the banks and the Polish Bank Association (ZBP) and the Office of Competition and UOKiK concerning the UOKiK’s proposal. On 29 October 2025, workshops were held to discuss the Uniform wording of the commitment, which were attended by the banks subject to the proceedings and the UOKiK. On 16 December 2025, the Bank sent a letter to the UOKiK supplementing the commitment proposal. On 15 January 2026, the UOKiK sent the Bank a supplement to the template of the uniform wording of the commitment, and on 4 February 2026, the Bank received another request from the UOKiK, to which it replied

on 18 February 2026. The current deadline for the conclusion of the proceedings, as indicated by the UOKiK, is 30 September 2026. In 2025, the Group recognised a provision for these proceedings in the amount of PLN 197 million.

3)    proceedings relating to interest rate variation clauses

The proceedings were initiated by a decision of 5 April 2024 and relate to clauses contained in contractual templates which allow the Bank to change the interest rate on the revolving limit based on changes in the basic NBP interest rates or WIBOR benchmark rates (1M, 3M, 6M, 9M, 12M). UOKiK challenged:

        the possibility of changing the interest rate in the event of a change in rates by at least 0.25 percentage points (for NBP rates) or 0.10 percentage points (for WIBOR), to an extent reaching even three times these changes,

        the possibility of making a change to the interest rate within six months of the occurrence of the grounds for the change.

In its response of 29 May 2024, the Bank deemed the allegations unfounded. On 25 April 2025, the Bank provided additional information concerning turnover and the number of active contracts containing the challenged provisions as well as information about refraining from submitting commitments. On 27 May 2025, UOKiK requested the provision of further information, which was provided by the Bank on 9 June 2025. On 27 October 2025, the UOKiK requested the Bank to provide further explanations in the case, which were submitted on 4 November 2025. On 7 November 2025, the UOKiK notified the Bank of the conclusion of the evidentiary proceedings. The Bank responded to this notice on 19 November 2025. On 8 and 22 December 2025, the UOKiK requested the Bank to provide further information, which was provided on 19 and 31 December 2025, respectively. On 2 January 2026, the UOKiK notified the Bank of the conclusion of the evidentiary proceedings. On 23 January 2026, the UOKiK issued a decision in which it declared the provisions of the template agreements applied by the Bank as inadmissible and prohibited their use. In addition, the President of UOKiK:

        ordered the Bank to inform all consumers being parties to annexes to agreements concluded on the basis of template agreements whose provisions were declared inadmissible and about the consequences of this declaration – within one month from the effective date of the decision,

        imposed an obligation to publish an appropriate declaration on the Bank's website for a period of four months, no later than within one month from the effective date of the decision, and on the account maintained by the Bank on the Instagram social networking site in the specified period and frequency,

        imposed a fine on the Bank of PLN 79.3 million, payable to the Financial Education Fund.

The decision is not final. On 20 February 2026, the Bank filed an appeal against the decision. The Group recognized a provision for the proceedings relating to interest rate variation clauses in the amount of PLN 79.3 million.

        Proceedings before the court of competition and consumer protection

1)      Proceedings on spread clauses

The proceedings were initiated by the Bank’s appeal (submitted on 13 November 2020) against the decision of the President of UOKiK dated 16 October 2020. In the said decision, the President of UOKiK declared the provisions contained in the template agreement "Annex to the housing loan/mortgage loan agreement" in the section "Appendix to the annex 'Rules for determining foreign exchange spreads at PKO BP S.A.'" as inadmissible provisions and prohibited their further use. In addition, the President of UOKiK:

        obliged the Bank to inform all consumers being parties to the indicated annexes about the decision to declare their provisions inadmissible and the consequences of this decision - within three months from the effective date of the decision

        imposed the obligation to publish an appropriate declaration on the Bank's website for a period of four months, no later than within one month from the effective date of the decision;

        imposed a fine on the Bank of PLN 40.7 million, payable to the Financial Education Fund.

In its appeal against the decision, the Bank requested that it be annulled or amended, challenging the validity of declaring the indicated contractual provisions as inadmissible, the legality and proportionality of the interference of the President of the UOKiK in the Bank's pricing policy, as well as the abnormally high – in the Bank's opinion – penalty amount. The President of UOKiK sustained its position in response to the appeal. In a judgment of 10 October 2023, the Court of Competition and Consumer Protection (SOKiK) overturned the decision of the President of UOKiK in its entirety. However, as a result of appeals filed by the President of UOKiK and the public prosecutor, the Court of Appeal in Warsaw, in a judgment of 5 July 2024, amended the judgment of SOKiK and dismissed the Bank's appeal. Following the judgment of 10 October 2023, the Bank filed a request for a statement of reasons, a request to suspend enforcement of the judgment and decision, and then - on 4 November 2024 - filed a cassation complaint. By order of 12 July 2024, the Court of Appeal halted enforcement of the appealed judgment and the decision of the President of UOKiK pending completion of the proceedings before the Supreme Court. On 11 December 2024, the UOKiK's response to the cassation complaint was received. On 14 February 2025, the Supreme Court notified the composition of the adjudicating panel and assigned a case reference number. The Group recognizes a provision for these proceedings of PLN 41 million (no changes compared to 31 December 2024).

2)      Proceedings related to restrictive practices on the market of payments with payment cards in Poland

The Bank is a party to proceedings initiated by the President of UOKiK on the basis of a decision dated 23 April 2001 upon the request of the Polish Trade and Distribution Organization – Employers Association (Polska Organizacja Handlu i Dystrybucji – Związek Pracodawców) against operators of the Visa and Europay payment systems and banks issuing Visa and Europay/ Eurocard/ Mastercard banking cards. The proceedings concern the suspicion of applying practices limiting competition on the market of card payments in Poland, in particular through joint determination of interchange fees and limiting access to the market for external entities. By decision of 29 December 2006, the President of UOKiK found that these practices restrict competition and imposed a fine of PLN 16.6 million on the Bank. Following the Bank's appeal, the Court for Competition and Consumer Protection (SOKiK) in a judgment of 21 November 2013 reduced the fine to PLN 10.4 million. As a result of appeals by the parties, the Court of Appeal in Warsaw in a judgment of 6 October 2015 reinstated the original fine of PLN 16.6 million and PLN 4.8 million against Nordea Bank Polska S.A., of which the Bank is the legal successor. The fine was paid by the Bank in October 2015, but after the judgment was annulled by the Supreme Court (judgment of 25 October 2017) and the case was submitted for re-examination, it was reimbursed to the Bank on 21 March 2018. In subsequent proceedings, on 23 November 2020, the Court of Appeal in Warsaw revoked the judgment of the Warsaw District Court of 2013 and submitted it for re-examination. The case is currently proceeding again at first instance before the Warsaw District Court. The Group maintains a provision for these proceedings of PLN 21 million (no changes compared to 31 December 2024).

        proceedings before the Polish Financial Supervision Authority

1)      The PFSA is conducting proceedings against the Bank, operating through an organizationally separate unit - the Brokerage Office, regarding the imposition of an administrative penalty in connection with suspected violations of the Act on counteracting money laundering and terrorist financing ("AML").

The Bank provided explanations concerning, inter alia, benefits or avoided losses resulting from violations, potential losses of third parties and possible penalties imposed under the AML Act. The PFSA also informed the Bank about forwarding a letter to the GIFI requesting information on the Bank's AML violations to date. The deadline for the conclusion of the administrative proceedings was planned for 30 September 2025. On 24 October 2025, at the request of the PFSA, the Bank indicated an address for electronic service. The planned date of completion of the proceedings is 3 March 2026. On 9 January 2026, the PFSA modified the subject matter of the proceedings and on 4 February 2026 informed that it intended to conclude the proceedings, pointing to the possibility for the Bank to provide additional comments on the evidence and materials collected in these proceedings. The Group replied on 12 February 2026. The Group has not recognized a provision for this.

2)      The PFSA is conducting administrative proceedings against the Bank regarding the imposition of sanctions pursuant to Article 3c of the Act on financial market supervision. The proceedings concern a suspected breach by the Bank of the provisions of Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 on key information documents for packaged retail and insurance-based investment products (PRIIPs), in particular Article 5(1) and Article 14 in conjunction with Article 4(1), (3), (4) and (5).

On 20 June 2025, the PFSA informed about the extension of the subject matter of the administrative proceedings by changing the audited period covered by the proceedings, i.e. changing the previous period from 15 May 2024 to 10 October 2024 to a new period from 1 January 2018 to 27 June 2024, and about the change of the legal basis for the suspected breach indicated in this notice from Article 14 of the PRIIPs to Article 13(1) of the PRIIPs. On 13 February 2026, the PFSA informed about the change in the scope of the proceedings and the extension of the proceedings until April 2026. The Group has not recognized a provision for this.

3)      The PFSA is conducting administrative proceedings against the Bank pursuant to Article 138(7a) of the Banking Law Act regarding the imposition of a financial penalty in connection with suspected violations by the Bank of the provisions on structured deposits set out in the Banking Law Act and in the Regulation of the Minister of Finance of 21 January 2019 on the provision of services by banks as regards structured deposits. The proceedings are pending. The Group had not set up a provision for these proceedings.

4)      The PFSA is conducting administrative proceedings against the Bank for the imposition of an administrative penalty on the Bank in connection with a suspected failure by the Bank to comply with obligations arising from the Act on counteracting money laundering and terrorist financing. The conclusion of the proceedings is planned for 6 March 2026. The Group has not recognized a provision for this.

5)      The PFSA is conducting administrative proceedings against PKO TFI S.A. (hereinafter: the Company) regarding the imposition of an administrative penalty under the Act on counteracting money laundering and terrorist financing. The proceedings concern suspected violations of obligations regarding: a) improper identification and verification of the customer when establishing economic relations  via remote channels; b) failure to obtain data on the customer's country of birth; c) failure to identify Ultimate Beneficial Owner data and failure to update information on economic relations; d) failure to apply enhanced financial security measures in cases of increased risk and in situations specified in Articles 44 and 46 of the Act; e) failure to implement all required elements in the internal AML procedure. The Company responded to the PFSA's request on 20 April 2023. By notice dated 19 December 2025. the PFSA informed about the extension of the proceedings until 27 February 2026. The Group recognized a provision for these proceedings of PLN 2 million (no changes compared to 31 December 2024).

6)      The PFSA is conducting administrative proceedings against PKO TFI S.A. regarding the imposition of a financial penalty on the Company under Article 228(2)(1) in conjunction with Article 228(1)(2) of the Act on Investment Funds and Management of Alternative Investment Funds (hereinafter the IFA). The proceedings concern the suspicion that 23 sub-funds of PKO Parasolowy - fio, FWP PKP - sfio, PKO Emerytura - sfio, PKO Zabezpieczenia - sfio did not submit the semi-annual financial statements of the fund and semi-annual combined financial statements with separated sub-funds and separate financial statements of sub-funds for the first half of 2023. On 1 October 2025, the Company, in a letter to the PFSA, expressed its willingness to conclude a settlement and requested a waiver of the penalty, justifying it with the minor significance of the breach. In 2025, the Group recognized a provision for these proceedings in the amount of PLN 250 thousand.

        other proceedings

1)      Proceedings before the general inspector of financial information (GIFI)

The GIFI is conducting administrative proceedings against the Bank for the imposition of an administrative penalty for failure to comply with its obligations under the Act of 1 March 2018 on the prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing (AML). The failure to comply with obligations was identified by the PFSA during an inspection conducted at the Bank from 22 December 2022 to 9 March 2023, covering: (a) the period from 13 July 2018 to 22 December 2022 with regard to the implementation of the obligation specified in Article 72 of the AML Act, (b) the period from 20 July 2021 to 22 December 2022 with regard to the implementation of the other obligations specified in the AML Act. The Bank responded to the GIFI's letter, also requesting to refrain from imposing an administrative penalty due to the corrective actions taken. On 26 November 2025 and 28 January 2026, the Bank received requests from the GIFI to provide explanations in the matter. The Bank responded to the requests on 10 December 2025 and 4 February 2026, respectively. On 18 February 2026, the GIFI requested the Bank to answer questions in the matter. The deadline for the conclusion of the proceedings was extended until 31 March 2026. In 2025, the Group recognized a provision for these proceedings in the amount of PLN 15 million.

2)      Proceedings before the Head of the Customs and Tax Office

The Head of the Mazovian Customs and Tax Office in Warsaw (hereinafter, the “Head”) initiated proceedings to impose a financial penalty on the Bank in connection with the violation of Article 1(1) in connection with Article 2(1) of the Act on special solutions in the field of counteracting aggression in Ukraine and Article 1(1) of Council Regulation No 765/2006 of 18 May 2006 concerning restrictive measures in view of the situation in Belarus and Belarus' participation in Russia's aggression against Ukraine. Due to the explanations submitted to the Head, the Bank requested that no administrative penalty be imposed. The Group has not recognised a provision for these proceedings. By a decision dated 14 November 2025, the imposition of a financial penalty was waived.

3)      Claims for damages in respect of the interchange fee

The Bank was served eight summons to participate, as an outside intervener on the defendant’s side, in cases relating to the interchange fees. Other banks are defendants in the case and, in some cases, also card organizations. At present, the total value of the claims amounts to PLN 830 million and concerns damages for excessive interchange fees resulting from practices that restrict competition, as well as capitalised statutory interest for delay.

The Bank joined these proceedings as an outside intervener. Since these proceedings are not pending against the Bank, their value was not included in the total value of the cases against the Bank. If the courts find the claims justified, the defendants may claim recourse in separate court proceedings from other banks including from the Bank.

As at 31 December 2025, five of these proceedings resulted in final judgments in favour of the defendants dismissing the plaintiffs' claims (including a partial judgment). A cassation appeal was filed in one case. In the remaining proceedings, non-final judgments were issued dismissing the plaintiffs' claims. In all cases, the objection of the statute of limitations was upheld.

43. Equity and shareholding structure of the Bank

Significant accounting policies:

Equity constitutes capital and reserves created in accordance with the legal regulations. The classification to particular components results from the Polish Commercial Companies Code, the Banking Law and the requirements of IAS 1.

Equity components of the subsidiaries (other than share capital), in proportion to the parent’s interest in the subsidiary, are added to respective equity components of the parent. The Group’s equity includes only those parts of the equity of the subsidiaries which arose after the date of acquisition of shares by the parent. In accordance with the legislation in force in Poland, only the equity of the parent company and the equity of specific subsidiaries, determined on the basis of separate financial statements, are distributable.

Selected equity components:

        Share capital is the capital of the parent, stated at the nominal value in accordance with the Articles of Association and entry in the Register of Businesses.

        Supplementary capital is created according to the Articles of Association of the companies, from annual write-downs from net profit, made until this capital reaches at least one third of the share capital. It is intended to cover balance sheet losses or for other purposes, including increasing the share capital.

        General banking risk fund is created from net profit in accordance with the Banking Law, and it is to cover unidentified risks of the Bank’s operations.

        Other reserves are created from the appropriation of net profit, intended to cover any potential balance-sheet losses or for other purposes, including the payment of dividends, interim dividends or the purchase of own shares for cancellation.

financial information

        Shareholding structure of the Bank

According to the information available as at 31 December 2025, the Bank’s shareholding structure is as follows:

ENTITY NAME

number of shares

% of votes

Nominal value of 1 share

Ownership interest (%)

As at 31 December 2025

 

 

 

 

State Treasury

367,918,980

29.43%

PLN 1

29.43%

Nationale Nederlanden Otwarty Fundusz Emerytalny1

91,532,147

7.32%

PLN 1

7.32%

Allianz Polska Otwarty Fundusz Emerytalny1

75,052,392

6.01%

PLN 1

6.01%

Other shareholders2

715,496,481

57.24%

PLN 1

57.24%

Total

1,250,000,000

100%

---

100%

As at 31 December 2024

 

 

 

 

State Treasury

367,918,980

29.43%

PLN 1

29.43%

Nationale Nederlanden Otwarty Fundusz Emerytalny1

98,669,361

7.89%

PLN 1

7.89%

Allianz Polska Otwarty Fundusz Emerytalny1

83,713,383

6.70%

PLN 1 

6.70%

Other shareholders2

699,698,276

55.98%

PLN 1 

55.98%

Total

1,250,000,000

100%

---

100%

1 Calculation of shareholdings as at the end of the year published by PTE in bi-annual and annual information about the structure of fund assets and quotation from Bloomberg.

2 Including Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego, which as at 31 December 2025  and 31 December 2024 held 24,487,297 shares carrying 1.96% of the votes at the GSM.

All shares of the Bank carry the same rights and obligations. No shares are preference shares – one share carries one vote. The Bank's Articles of Association limit the voting rights of shareholders holding more than 10% of the total number of votes at the General Shareholders’ Meeting, prohibiting them from exercising more than 10% of the votes. The restriction does not apply to:

        the State Treasury and BGK (shareholders holding >10% of the votes on the date of introducing the limitation),

        A-series registered shares (the State Treasury),

        shareholders acting jointly with the above based on an agreement.

The limitation expires when the share of the State Treasury in the share capital drops below 5%. In accordance with § 6 (2) of the Articles of Association, the conversion of A-series registered shares into bearer shares or their transfer requires the approval of the Council of Ministers. After obtaining the approval, the restrictions expire to the extent covered by the approval. Pursuant to Article 13(1)(26) of the Act on the rules for managing the State property, the shares of PKO Bank Polski S.A. owned by the State Treasury may not be sold (excluding statutory exceptions).

The Bank’s shares are listed on the Warsaw Stock Exchange.

        Structure of PKO Bank Polski S.A.’s share capital:

Series

Type of shares

Number of shares

Nominal value of 1 share

Nominal value of the series in PLN

A Series

ordinary registered shares

312,500,000

PLN 1

312,500,000

A Series

ordinary bearer shares

197,500,000

PLN 1

197,500,000

B Series

ordinary bearer shares

105,000,000

PLN 1

105,000,000

C Series

ordinary bearer shares

385,000,000

PLN 1

385,000,000

D Series

ordinary bearer shares

250,000,000

PLN 1 

250,000,000

Total

- - -

1,250,000,000

- - -

1,250,000,000

The amount of the Bank’s share capital did not change in 2025 and 2024. The issued shares of the Bank carry no preference and are fully paid-up.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

44. Fair value hierarchy

Significant accounting policies:

Depending on the classification of financial assets and liabilities to a specific level of the hierarchy, different methods of fair value measurement are used.

        Level 1: Prices quoted on active markets

In Level 1, the Group classifies financial instruments for which there is an active market and for which the fair value is determined with reference to market prices:

        debt securities valued at prices from the "Treasury Bonds Fixing" organized by the NBP, quotations from the BondSpot platform, or valuations published by Bloomberg and LSEG (if they relate directly to the specific security),

        debt and equity securities traded on regulated markets, including in the Biuro Maklerskie PKO BP portfolio,

        derivative instruments, which are traded on a regulated market.

        Level 2: Valuation techniques based on observable market data

In Level 2, the Group classifies financial instruments for which there is no active market but for which there are observable inputs:

financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

valuation method (technique)

observable inputs

cirs, irs, fra

Discounted cash flow valuation model

Yield curves built on market data: money market rates, FRA, IRS, OIS, basis swap

fx forwards and fx swaps

Discounted cash flow valuation model

Yield curves built on market data: exchange rates, swap points, basis swaps

currency options

Valuation models specific for particular type of a foreign exchange option.

Yield curves built on market data: exchange rates, swap points, basis swaps; volatility surfaces for relevant currency pairs

interest rate options

Valuation model for the respective interest rate option type

Yield curves built on market data: money market rates, FRA, IRS, OIS, basis swap, caplet/floorlet volatility surfaces for relevant tenors

equity options

Valuation model for the respective equity option type

Yield curves built on market data: money market rates, FRA, IRS, OIS, basis swap; volatility surfaces determined using a local volatility model based on prices and volatilities of the relevant underlying instruments

commodity swaps, commodity forwards

Discounted cash flow valuation model

Yield curves built on market data: money market rates, FRA, IRS, OIS, basis swap; forward curves for relevant commodities constructed based on futures prices and forward exchange rates (i.e. determined based on exchange rates, swap points)

commodity options

Valuation model for the respective commodity option type

Yield curves built on market data: money market rates, IRS; volatility surfaces for relevant commodities

equity swaps

Discounted cash flow valuation model

Yield curves built on market data: money market rates, FRA, IRS, OIS, basis swap; forward curves for relevant underlying instruments based on futures prices

municipal bonds (in pln)

corporate bonds

Yield curve and risk margin model.

Yield curves are built based on market rates, money market data, IRS transactions market.

Valuations published by informational services such as Bloomberg and the London Securities Exchange Group (if they are determined based on data related to comparable assets or liabilities).

Data concerning comparable assets or liabilities (which are not liquid quotes directly observable for the specific security), including: yields on government bonds, yields on comparable non-government bonds, money market rates, and interest rate swap rates.

nbp money bills

Yield curve method

Yield curves built on money market and OIS transaction market data.

TREASURY BILLS IN PLN

Yield curve method

Yield curves built on money market and OIS transaction market data.

liabilities in respect of insurance products measured at fair value

The value of the liabilities is equal to the number of units accumulated in the individual insurance capital fund balance on the reporting date multiplied by the fund unit price on the valuation date

Number of fund units, unit price

        Level 3: Other valuation techniques

Level 3 includes financial assets and liabilities measured based on models in which the inputs are not observable on the market. Here, the Bank classifies instruments measured using internal valuation models.

 

financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

valuation method (technique)

unobservable input

Loans and advances to customers

Discounted cash flow method.

Effective margin on loans.

c-series preference shares of visa inc.

Estimation of the fair value based on the current market value of the listed ordinary shares of Visa Inc., including a discount which takes into account the limited liquidity of C-series shares and the terms and conditions of conversion of C-series shares into ordinary shares.

Discount taking into account the limited liquidity of C-series shares and the terms of converting the C-series shares into ordinary shares.

corporate bonds

Yield curve and risk margin model. Yield curves are built based on market rates, money market data and IRS transactions market data.

Credit spread (credit margins determined on the basis of initial margins modified by credit indices quotes ascribed to issuers based on their ratings and business sectors).

shares in Biuro Informacji Kredytowej S.A., shares in Krajowa Izba Rozliczeniowa S.A., shares in Polski Standard Płatności sp. z o.o.

Estimation of the fair value based on the present value of projected results of the company

Projected results of the company.

Discount rate.

shares in society for worldwide interbank financial telecommunication

Market value of the shares estimated by the company.

Market value estimated by the company.

Discount rate.

Financial information

ASSETS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE 31.12.2025

Carrying amount

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Hedging derivatives

21

-

21

-

Other derivative instruments

2,415

1

2,414

-

Securities

108,213

83,784

23,916

513

held for trading

351

347

4

-

debt securities

309

305

4

-

equity securities

42

42

-

-

not held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss

1,350

834

174

342

debt securities

284

228

56

-

equity securities

1,066

606

118

342

measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (debt securities)

106,512

82,603

23,738

171

Loans and advances to customers (not held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss)

1,934

-

-

1,934

Total financial assets measured at fair value

112,583

83,785

26 351

2,447

 

LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE

31.12.2025

Carrying amount

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Hedging derivatives

122

-

122

-

Other derivative instruments

2,701

-

2,701

-

Liabilities in respect of a short position in securities

112

112

-

-

Liabilities in respect of insurance products

223

-

223

-

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value

3,158

112

3,046

-

 

ASSETS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE 31.12.2024

Carrying amount

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Hedging derivatives

  120

-

  120

-

Other derivative instruments

  1,999

1

1,998

-

Securities

99,989

75,773

23,547

669

held for trading

364

364

-

-

debt securities

328

328

-

-

equity securities

36

36

-

-

not held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss

1,596

944

225

427

debt securities

612

398

114

100

equity securities

984

546

111

327

measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (debt securities)

98,029

74,465

23,322

242

Loans and advances to customers (not held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss)

2,171

-

-

2,171

Total financial assets measured at fair value

  104,279

75,774

  25,665

2,840

 

LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE

31.12.2024

Carrying amount

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Hedging derivatives

  285

-

  285

-

Other derivative instruments

  2,396

1

2,395

-

Liabilities in respect of a short position in securities

35

35

-

-

Liabilities in respect of insurance products

169

-

169

-

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value

  2,885

36

  2,849

-

 

IMPACT OF ESTIMATES ON FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT OF LEVEL 3 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Fair value in

Fair value in

positive scenario

negative scenario

positive scenario

negative scenario

Shares in Visa Inc.1

21

20

56

52

Other equity investments2

307

278

262

237

Corporate bonds3

171

171

339

338

Loans and advances to customers4

2,031

1,837

2,280

2,062

1 scenario assuming a discount rate in respect of the future conditions of converting C-series shares to ordinary shares at a level of 0%/100% respectively

2 scenario assuming a change in the company’s valuation of +/- 5%

3 scenario assuming a change in the credit spread of +/- 10%

4 scenario assuming a change in the company’s value of +/- 0.5p.p.

RECONCILIATION OF CHANGES DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD TO FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AT LEVEL 3

2025

2024

Opening balance at the beginning of the period

2,840

3,533

Acquisition of equity instruments

-

1

Redemption of corporate bonds

(169)

(36)

Sale of corporate bonds

(1)

-

Granting and increase in exposure to loans and advances to customers

517

524

Repayment of loans and advances to customers

(718)

(975)

Derecognition of loans and advances to customers

(1)

(209)

Write-off of loans and advances to customers

(75)

(253)

Net gain/(loss) on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss

20

51

Change in the valuation recognized in OCI

(1)

2

Other, including exchange difference1

35

202

Closing balance

2,447

2,840

1 The item "Other, including exchange difference" includes a decrease due to conversion of Visa Inc. series C shares into Visa series A Preferred shares (PLN 26 million in 2025 and PLN 43 million in 2024)

45. Financial assets and financial liabilities not presented at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position

The Group holds financial instruments which are not presented at fair value in the statement of financial position. For many of them, market values are unavailable, hence valuation techniques based on models are used. The models include simplifications and are sensitive to the assumptions made. For instruments for which no material differences between their carrying amount and fair value are expected (e.g. short-term, highly correlated with market parameters), it has been assumed that the carrying amount is close to the fair value.

item

Major methods and assumptions used when estimating fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value

amounts due from and to banks

         interbank placements and deposits – cash flows discounted using the current interbank market rates,

         interbank deposits and placements with maturities of up to 7 days or with variable interest, loans or advances granted and received on the interbank market with variable interest (with interest rate changes occurring every 3 months or less) – fair value equals the carrying amount.

securities

         treasury bonds – market quotations;

         corporate bonds secured with the State Treasury guarantees - discounted cash flows using yield curves, Bloomberg (BVAL - Bloomberg Valuation Service) and Refinitiv Eikon valuation

         corporate and municipal bonds – discounted cash flow method, using yield curves and credit margins.

loans and advances to customers

         loans and advances to customers (excluding finance lease receivables) not impaired - discounted cash flows using current interest rates and credit risk margins as well as adjusted maturities derived from the agreements. The current level of margins was determined for transactions concluded in the last 6 months preceding the balance sheet date involving instruments with a similar credit risk profile. The current margin for loans in PLN adjusted for the cost of foreign currency acquisition in basis-swap transactions was applied to loans in foreign currencies.

         finance lease receivables - a model based on the contractual present value of future cash flows discounted using current interest rates taking into account the credit risk margin. Margins were taken into account while maintaining the division into main product groups, i.e. finance lease and loan receivables with a floating interest rate, finance lease and loan receivables with a fixed interest rate, finance lease receivables in respect of real estate.

         a part of the housing loan portfolio (the “old” housing loan portfolio), loans and advances with no specific repayment schedule, loans due as at the moment of valuation, factoring receivables, impaired loans – fair values are equal to their carrying amounts.

amounts due to customers

         liabilities with fixed maturities: the model of expected cash flows discounted using current interest rates appropriate for the individual deposit products. The fair value is calculated for each deposit and liability, and then the fair values for the entire deposit portfolio are grouped by product type and by customer segment.

         liabilities with no specific repayment schedule, other specific products for which no active market exists – fair values are equal to their carrying amounts.

liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

PKO Bank Polski S.A. and PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A. - the model of expected cash flows discounted using the current interbank market rates or market quotations.

PKO Leasing S.A. - the model of expected cash flows discounted using current rates of market quotations.

subordinated liabilities

The model of expected cash flows discounted based on yield curves

 

In the case of cash in hand and balances at the Central Bank, liabilities to the Central Bank, and other financial assets and liabilities, the Group assumes that the fair value is equal to their carrying amount.

31.12.2025

carrying amount

fair value

Total fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Cash and balances with Central Bank

21,919

4,108

17,811

-

21,919

Amounts due from banks

4,477

-

4,477

-

4,477

Securities (excluding adjustments relating to fair value hedge accounting)

133,289

112,820

19,089

2,702

134,611

treasury bonds (in PLN)

99,461

100,630

-

-

100,630

treasury bonds (in foreign currencies)

1,268

1,270

-

-

1,270

corporate bonds (in PLN) secured with the State Treasury guarantees

4,649

-

4,549

-

4,549

municipal bonds (in PLN)

12,214

-

12,375

-

12,375

corporate bonds (in PLN)

4,672

834

1,184

2,702

4,720

corporate bonds (in foreign currencies)

11,025

10,086

981

-

11,067

Reverse repo transactions

2,010

-

2,010

-

2,010

Loans and advances to customers (excluding adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting)

291,477

-

-

293,915

293,915

real estate loans

133,739

-

-

132,233

132,233

business loans

86,361

-

-

88,748

88,748

consumer loans

42,986

-

-

44,425

44,425

factoring receivables

6,753

-

-

6,753

6,753

finance lease receivables

21,638

-

-

21,756

21,756

Other financial assets

2,107

-

-

2,107

2,107

Amounts due to Central bank

10

-

10

-

10

Amounts due to banks

3,412

-

3,413

-

3,413

Reverse repo transactions

22

-

22

-

22

Amounts due to customers (excluding adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting)

459,988

-

-

459,765

459,765

amounts due to households

346,066

-

-

345,844

345,844

amounts due to business entities

90,948

-

-

90,947

90,947

amounts due to public sector

22,974

-

-

22,974

22,974

Loans and advances received

1,059

-

-

1,059

1,059

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

29,580

-

26,943

2,946

29,889

Subordinated liabilities

6,309

-

6,408

-

6,408

Other financial liabilities

4,213

-

-

4,213

4,213

 

31.12.2024

carrying amount

fair value

Total fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Cash and balances with Central Bank

23,494

3,927

19,567

-

23,494

Amounts due from banks

  5,089

-

  5,089

-

  5,089

Securities (excluding adjustments relating to fair value hedge accounting)

110,561

74,557

29,113

3,938

107,608

treasury bonds (in PLN)

73,532

71,021

-

-

71,021

treasury bonds (in foreign currencies)

1,394

1,391

-

-

1,391

corporate bonds (in PLN) secured with the State Treasury guarantees

13,974

2,145

11,461

-

13,606

municipal bonds (in PLN)

10,399

-

10,432

-

10,432

corporate bonds (in PLN)

3,994

-

-

3,938

3,938

corporate bonds (in foreign currencies)

7,268

-

7,220

-

7,220

Reverse repo transactions

892

-

892

-

892

Loans and advances to customers (excluding adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting)

263,988

-

-

265,521

265,521

real estate loans

123,194

-

-

121,376

121,376

business loans

78,929

-

-

80,615

80,615

consumer loans

34,874

-

-

36,503

36,503

factoring receivables

6,534

-

-

6,534

6,534

finance lease receivables

20,457

-

-

20,493

20,493

Other financial assets

2,482

-

-

2,482

2,482

Amounts due to Central bank

11

-

11

-

11

Amounts due to banks

 2,373

-

 2,373

-

 2,373

Amounts due to customers (excluding adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting)

419,341

-

-

419,898

419,898

amounts due to households

317,649

-

-

318,176

318,176

amounts due to business entities

80,062

-

-

80,092

80,092

amounts due to public sector

21,630

-

-

21,630

21,630

Loans and advances received

1,268

-

-

1,268

1,268

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

23,457

-

21,340

2,321

23,661

Subordinated liabilities

4,291

-

4,335

-

4,335

Other financial liabilities

4,227

-

-

4,227

4,227

 

RISK MANAGEMENT WITHIN THE GROUP

46. Risk management in the Group

Risk management is a key process at the Bank and the Group companies. Its objective is to ensure the profitability of business activities while controlling the level of risk within the system of limits and risk tolerances adjusted to the changing macroeconomic environment. The level of risk is a significant element of the planning process.

The Group identifies and analyzes risks affecting its operations. All risks are managed, and the risks material from the perspective of profitability and capital are:

        credit risk

        legal risk of foreign currency mortgage loans for households,

        currency risk,

        interest rate risk

        liquidity risk (including financing risk),

        operating risk, business risk, risk of macroeconomic changes and model risk.

The assessment of the materiality of risks is carried out at least annually.

Objectives of risk management:

        protect shareholder value;

        protect customer deposits;

        support the Group in conducting efficient operations.

Principles of Risk Management

        cover all identified types of risk,

        are adjusted to the scale of operations and the complexity of risks,

        methods and models are periodically verified and validated,

        the risk management area is independent of business activities,

        integration with planning and controlling systems,

        ongoing monitoring and control of risk,

        compliance with the Bank's strategy and the risk management strategy.

Elements of the process:

        risk identification,

        risk measurement and assessment,

        risk control,

        risk forecasting and monitoring,

        risk reporting,

        management actions: The Bank supervises the functioning of individual entities in the Group.

The organization of risk management in the Bank is presented in the diagram below:

The risk management process is carried out at three independent but complementary levels:

A detailed description of the policies for managing significant types of risk and the specific actions taken by the Group in risk management in 2025 is provided in the report Capital Adequacy and Other Information of the Powszechna Kasa Oszczędności Bank Polski Spółka Akcyjna Group Subject to Disclosure as at 31 December 2025 and in the Directors' Report.

47. Credit risk management

Credit risk means the possibility of incurring a loss as a result of a customer’s default on its liabilities towards the Group or a decrease in the value of receivables as a result of a deterioration in a customer’s ability to service their debt.

Objective of credit risk management - Mitigating losses on the loan portfolio and minimizing the risk of impairment of exposures, while maintaining the expected profitability and value of the portfolio.

Management in the Group entities - Companies with a significant level of credit risk (the KREDOBANK SA Group, the PKO Leasing SA Group, PKO Bank Hipoteczny SA, Finansowa Kompania "Prywatne Inwestycje" sp. z o.o.) apply methods consistent with those of PKO Bank Polski SA, taking into account the specific nature of their activities. Changes to the solutions are agreed with the risk units in the Bank. The companies cyclically measure credit risk and report the results to the Bank.

Organizational structures - In the Bank and the Group companies, there are risk units responsible for:

        developing methodologies for credit risk assessment and recognition of provisions and allowances;

        control over and monitoring of credit risk in the lending process;

        the quality of restructuring and debt collection.

Decision-making limits - depending on the amount of exposure, the transaction value and the lending period. The process is supported by credit committees for transactions with an increased level of risk.

Description of performing the estimates of expected credit losses – note Net allowances for expected credit losses”.

        measurement and assessment of credit risk: Credit risk measurement and assessment methods

The Group applies various methods for assessing credit risk and the profitability of portfolios, including:

        probability of default (PD);

        loss given default (LGD);

        credit conversion factor (CCF);

        expected credit loss (ECL);

        credit value at risk (CVaR);

        the share and structure of impaired credit exposures;

        coverage ratio of impaired loans;

        cost of credit risk;

        stress testing.

The Group develops the scope of the measures applied, taking into account the requirements of the IRB method, and extends their application to the entire loan portfolio. Portfolio methods allow, among other things, to:

        reflect the risk in the price of products,

        determine the conditions of financing,

        recognition of allowances for expected credit losses;

The Group performs analyses and stress-tests relating to the impact of macroeconomic changes on the quality of the portfolio, and reports the results to the Bank's governing bodies. This information supports the identification of risks and actions mitigating the effects of unfavorable market conditions.

The credit risk assessment process takes into account the requirements of the PFSA as laid down in the PFSA Recommendations.

        measurement and assessment of credit risk: Rating and scoring methods

The Group assesses the risk of individual credit transactions using scoring and rating methods, supported by dedicated IT applications. The assessment rules are defined by internal regulations, ensuring a uniform and objective risk assessment.

Retail customers - the creditworthiness assessment is performed in two dimensions:

        quantitative – an analysis of the financial position,

        qualitative – a scoring assessment and credit history from internal and external databases.

Institutional customers

        SMEs (simple transactions) – the scoring method (borrowing capacity and creditworthiness).

        Other cases – the rating method, covering the assessment of the customer (rating) and the transaction (ability to repay).

Rating models are developed based on internal data, taking into account financial ratios, qualitative and behavioral factors. For specialized financing, models dedicated to large projects (real estate, infrastructure) are used.

The models are integrated with IT tools and are subject to periodic reviews. The process takes into account the PFSA requirements (Recommendations S, T and W).

ESG and levered transactions - in the process of assessing corporate customers, the Group analyzes the impact of ESG (environmental, social, governance) factors on the creditworthiness and classifies transactions in terms of their impact on ESG (from positive to materially negative). It takes into account, inter alia, climate risk, factors related to human capital, health and safety, and organizational culture ("Environmental issues").

Rating and scoring assessments are used in risk management, the decision-making authorization system, determining the conditions for activating risk services, and in credit risk measurement and reporting.

        measurement and assessment of credit risk: Credit risk forecasting and monitoring

The Group prepares forecasts of the credit risk level and monitors deviations from the assumptions (e.g. limits, thresholds, plans, supervisory recommendations). It regularly performs stress tests (specific and comprehensive) and verifies forecasts (backtesting).

Scope of monitoring:

        the level of individual customers, groups of related customers, transactions and their collateral,

        portfolio level.

Transactions are monitored in accordance with internal regulations concerning:

        credit risk assessment and customer assessment methodologies,

        identification of groups of related customers,

        evaluation of collateral and inspection of investments,

        recognition of allowances for expected credit losses;

        Early Warning System (SWO);

        operating procedures.

Early Warning System - The Group uses the EWS in order to respond quickly to signals of an increase in risk.

Portfolio monitoring - comprises supervision of the risk level based on measurement tools, analysis of risk sources and effects of management actions, and recommending corrective measures in the event of an increased risk.

        Use of credit risk mitigation techniques – collateral

The collateral policy in the Bank and the Group companies is aimed at appropriately mitigating credit risk by establishing the most liquid collateral, i.e. collateral that can be sold quickly without a significant loss in value.

The Group strives to diversify the forms and objects of collateral and evaluates their actual usefulness as a source of satisfying claims. The assessment takes into account, among other things:

        the financial position of entities providing personal guarantees,

        the condition and market value of tangible collateral and its vulnerability to depreciation,

        economic benefits (e.g. the possibility of reducing allowances for credit losses),

        the method of establishing collateral, the time and costs of its maintenance and enforcement,

        the complexity and effectiveness of realizing the collateral in the context of legal restrictions,

        the risk level of the customer or transaction.

Examples of collateral used:

        Housing and commercial loans – a mortgage on the financed property (temporary collateral is possible until it is established).

        Consumer loans – personal guarantees, collateral on an account, car or securities.

        Loans for SMEs and corporations – collateral on receivables, accounts, movables, real estate, securities.

        Leases – the asset leased is treated as collateral for the transaction.

The collateral policy is defined in the internal regulations of the Group companies. In the period ended 31 December 2025 and 2024, the Group did not change its collateral policy.

Collateral is taken into account when estimating the expected credit loss for individually significant exposures. In the case of impaired exposures, future collateral recoveries are estimated individually, taking into account the probability of implementing the debt recovery scenario. The value of collateral recoveries estimated under the debt recovery scenario for individually significant exposures amounted to PLN 1,538 million (2024: PLN 1,422 million). Collateral includes, among other things: mortgages, registered pledges, transfer of ownership, restrictions on an account, insurance of the exposure, as well as guarantees and sureties. The Group does not have any exposures for which, due to the value of the collateral, it has not recognized an allowance for expected credit losses.

48. Credit risk – financial information

48.1.                   Financial assets by stage

        Amounts due from banks – As at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024 all amounts due from banks were classified as Stage 1.

        Securities (excluding adjustments relating to fair value hedge accounting)

SECURITIES

31.12.2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Gross/net carrying amount – fair value

106,451

53

8

106,512

Measured at amortized cost

Gross carrying amount

132,628

734

-

133,362

Allowances for expected credit losses

(57)

(16)

-

(73)

Net carrying amount

132,571

718

-

133,289

Total securities

Gross carrying amount

239,079

787

8

239,874

Allowances for expected credit losses

(57)

(16)

-

(73)

Net carrying amount

239,022

771

8

239,801

 

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Gross/net carrying amount – fair value

97,612

407

10

98,029

Measured at amortized cost

Gross carrying amount

109,417

1,236

-

110,653

Allowances for expected credit losses

(66)

(26)

-

(92)

Net carrying amount

109,351

1,210

-

110,561

Total securities

Gross carrying amount

207,029

1,643

10

208,682

Allowances for expected credit losses

(66)

(26)

-

(92)

Net carrying amount

206,963

1,617

10

208,590

 

        Loans and advances to customers (excluding adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting)

LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS MEASURED AT AMORTIZED COST

31.12.2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Gross carrying amount

257,200

33,021

10,177

644

301,042

real estate loans

124,723

9,384

1,226

72

135,405

business loans

71,071

13,972

5,289

467

90,799

consumer loans

39,894

3,381

2,166

104

45,545

factoring receivables

6,630

47

117

-

6,794

finance lease receivables

14,882

6,237

1,379

1

22,499

Allowances for expected credit losses

(1,226)

(3,452)

(5,011)

124

(9,565)

real estate loans

(63)

(954)

(660)

11

(1,666)

business loans

(435)

(1,445)

(2,567)

9

(4,438)

consumer loans

(588)

(816)

(1,259)

104

(2,559)

factoring receivables

-

-

(41)

-

(41)

finance lease receivables

(140)

(237)

(484)

-

(861)

Net carrying amount

255,974

29,569

5,166

768

291,477

real estate loans

124,660

8,430

566

83

133,739

business loans

70,636

12,527

2,722

476

86,361

consumer loans

39,306

2,565

907

208

42,986

factoring receivables

6,630

47

76

-

6,753

finance lease receivables

14,742

6,000

895

1

21,638

 

The decrease in the gross value of corporate loans and the nominal value of credit facility lines recognized in Stage 2, with a similar level of impairment allowances, resulted from the migration of items between individual stages (migration from Stage 2 to other stages) with the simultaneous recognition of additional allowances for expected credit losses for exposures to customers from increased risk industries, which were in Stage 2 as at 31 December 2025.

 

LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS MEASURED AT AMORTIZED COST

31.12.2024

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Gross carrying amount

223,999

38,734

9,860

580

273,173

real estate loans

113,771

9,782

1,393

75

125,021

business loans

58,832

18,889

4,969

405

83,095

consumer loans

31,793

3,389

1,915

99

37,196

factoring receivables

6,376

84

113

-

6,573

finance lease receivables

13,227

6,590

1,470

1

21,288

Allowances for expected credit losses

(1,173)

(3,398)

(4,705)

91

(9,185)

real estate loans

(71)

(974)

(795)

13

(1,827)

business loans

(489)

(1,453)

(2,204)

(20)

(4,166)

consumer loans

(505)

(742)

(1,173)

98

(2,322)

factoring receivables

(1)

-

(38)

-

(39)

finance lease receivables

(107)

(229)

(495)

-

(831)

Net carrying amount

222,826

35,336

5,155

671

263,988

real estate loans

113,700

8,808

598

88

123,194

business loans

58,343

17,436

2,765

385

78,929

consumer loans

31,288

2,647

742

197

34,874

factoring receivables

6,375

84

75

-

6,534

    finance lease receivables

13,120

6,361

975

1

20,457

        Other financial assets

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

31.12.2025

Stage 1

Stage 3

Total

Gross carrying amount

2,106

89

2,195

Allowances for expected credit losses

-

(88)

(88)

Net carrying amount

2,106

1

2,107

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

2,481

130

2,611

Allowances for expected credit losses

-

(129)

(129)

Net carrying amount

2,481

1

2,482

 

 

        Financial liabilities and guarantees granted

FINANCIAL AND GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS GRANTED 31.12.2025

STAGE 1

STAGE 2

STAGE 3

POCI

Total nominal amount

Total provisions per IFRS 9

Total net amount

Notional amount

Provision

Notional amount

Provision

Notional amount

Provision

Notional amount

Provision

Credit lines and limits

86,898

(165)

5,677

(309)

509

(100)

5

-

93,089

(574)

92,515

real estate

8,199

(9)

83

(7)

1

(1)

-

-

8,283

(17)

8,266

business

59,711

(128)

3,915

(231)

458

(92)

1

-

64,085

(451)

63,634

consumer

11,329

(20)

1,664

(71)

19

(7)

4

-

13,016

(98)

12,918

in respect of factoring

6,982

-

15

-

31

-

-

-

7,028

-

7,028

in respect of finance leases

677

(8)

-

-

-

-

-

-

677

(8)

669

Other

3,587

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3,587

-

3,587

Total financial commitments granted, including:

90,485

(165)

5,677

(309)

509

(100)

5

-

96,676

(574)

96,102

irrevocable commitments granted

34,452

(81)

3,544

(192)

83

(21)

3

-

38,082

(294)

37,788

Guarantees and sureties granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total guarantees and sureties granted, including:

12,380

(8)

702

(30)

89

(16)

303

-

13,474

(54)

13,420

irrevocable commitments granted

9,742

(7)

637

(27)

86

(15)

303

-

10,768

(49)

10,719

performance guarantee

4,063

(3)

329

(19)

20

(5)

114

-

4,526

(27)

4,499

Total

102,865

(173)

6,379

(339)

598

(116)

308

-

110,150

(628)

109,522

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit lines and limits

76,584

(165)

10,206

(328)

312

(60)

4

-

87,106

(553)

86,553

real estate

6,670

(18)

142

(10)

4

(2)

-

-

6,816

(30)

6,786

business

53,839

(123)

8,546

(234)

253

(52)

-

-

62,638

(409)

62,229

consumer

10,274

(24)

1,498

(84)

16

(6)

4

-

11,792

(114)

11,678

in respect of factoring

5,057

-

20

-

39

-

-

-

5,116

-

5,116

in respect of finance leases

744

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

744

-

744

Other

3,940

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3,940

-

3,940

Total financial commitments granted, including:

80,524

(165)

10,206

(328)

312

(60)

4

-

91,046

(553)

90,493

irrevocable commitments granted

28,998

(92)

5,407

(199)

91

(15)

2

-

34,498

(306)

34,192

Guarantees and sureties granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total guarantees and sureties granted, including:

10,254

(10)

1,406

(39)

101

(30)

337

(1)

12,098

(80)

12,018

irrevocable commitments granted

7,592

(8)

1,345

(38)

98

(28)

337

(1)

9,372

(75)

9,297

performance guarantee

2,900

(4)

740

(28)

28

(13)

120

(1)

3,788

(46)

37 42

Total

90,778

(175)

11,612

(367)

413

(90)

341

(1)

103,144

(633)

102,511

48.2.                   Change in the gross carrying amount

        securities

“Other changes” comprise the effect of foreign exchange rate changes, interest, measurement, discount, premium.

SECURITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME – CHANGE IN THE GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT DURING THE PERIOD (excluding adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting)

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

97,612

407

10

98,029

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

312

(311)

(1)

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(38)

38

-

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

321,590

1

-

321,591

Non-substantial modifications

(51)

1

-

(50)

Derecognition, including sale

(318,003)

(74)

(1)

(318,078)

Other changes

5,029

(9)

-

5,020

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

106,451

53

8

106,512

 

2024

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

107,649

393

12

108,054

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

15

(15)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(64)

64

-

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

716,723

5

-

716,728

Non-substantial modifications

4

-

-

4

Derecognition, including sale

(731,830)

(27)

(2)

(731,859)

Other changes

5,115

(13)

-

5,102

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

97,612

407

10

98,029

 

SECURITIES MEASURED AT AMORTISED COST – CHANGE IN THE GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT DURING THE PERIOD (excluding adjustment relating to fair value hedge accounting)

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

109,417

1,236

110,653

 Transfer from stage 2 to stage 1

762

(762)

-

 Transfer from stage 1 to stage 2

(246)

246

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

47,203

34

47,237

 Non-substantial modifications

(22)

-

(22)

Derecognition, including sale

(29,054)

(58)

(29,112)

 Other changes

4,568

38

4,606

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

132,628

734

133,362

 

2024

Stage 1

Stage 2

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

86,900

399

87,299

Transfer from stage 2 to stage 1

236

(236)

-

Transfer from stage 1 to stage 2

(872)

872

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

38,906

225

39,131

Non-substantial modifications

(1)

-

(1)

Derecognition, including redemption at maturity

(19,254)

(99)

(19,353)

Other changes

3,502

75

3,577

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

109,417

1,236

110,653

        Loans and advances to customers measured at amortized cost

Changes in the gross carrying amount are presented as at the end of the reporting period. The item "Other changes" comprises the effect of foreign exchange differences, interest and the cost of legal risk associated with mortgage loans in convertible currencies, and in 2024, transfers from Stages 1, 2 and 3 to POCI.

REAL ESTATE LOANS - CHANGE IN THE GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

113,771

9,782

1,393

75

125,021

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

4,090

(3,984)

(106)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(5,214)

5,361

(147)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

(50)

(219)

269

-

-

Transfer from Stage 1, 2 and 3 to POCI

(1)

(15)

(19)

35

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

24,778

244

9

25

25,056

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

6,172

166

107

4

6,449

Repayments

(18,251)

(1,866)

(164)

(22)

(20,303)

Changes due to legal risk costs

1,924

-

-

-

1,924

Non-substantial modifications

14

-

(1)

-

13

Derecognition, including sale

(2,134)

(65)

(5)

(33)

(2,237)

Write-off

-

1

(90)

-

(89)

     Other changes

(376)

(21)

(20)

(12)

(429)

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

124,723

9,384

1,226

72

135,405

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

99,844

13,351

1,605

84

114,884

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

4,706

(4,683)

(23)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(4,090)

4,307

(217)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

(67)

(251)

318

-

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

16,599

427

8

37

17,071

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

8,354

483

201

5

9,043

Repayments

(12,980)

(2,071)

(154)

(26)

(15,231)

Changes due to legal risk costs

1,640

-

-

-

1,640

Non-substantial modifications

236

2

1

-

239

Derecognition, including sale

(564)

(32)

(18)

(45)

(659)

Write-off

-

-

(199)

(5)

(204)

    Other changes

1,093

(1,751)

(129)

25

(762)

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

113,771

9,782

1,393

75

125,021

 

CORPORATE LOANS – CHANGE IN GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

58,832

18,889

4,969

405

83,095

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

7,805

(7,709)

(96)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(4,023)

4,077

(54)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

(395)

(1,076)

1,471

-

-

Transfer from Stage 1, 2 and 3 to POCI

(3)

(9)

(111)

123

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

28,045

1,754

392

163

30,354

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

10,166

1,495

285

33

11,979

Repayments

(28,416)

(2,619)

(1,030)

(75)

(32,140)

Non-substantial modifications

154

(414)

(18)

-

(278)

Derecognition, including sale

(1,503)

(358)

(31)

(177)

(2,069)

Write-off

-

-

(414)

(4)

(418)

     Other changes

409

(58)

(74)

(1)

276

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

71,071

13,972

5,289

467

90,799

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

59,458

17,651

3,512

158

80,779

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

2,814

(2,790)

(24)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(7,623)

7,999

(376)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

(340)

(2,515)

2,855

-

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

16,864

2,525

331

353

20,073

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

13,618

3,073

848

10

17,549

Repayments

(26,338)

(3,564)

(1,123)

(60)

(31,085)

Non-substantial modifications

132

(326)

(39)

-

(233)

Derecognition, including sale

(2,196)

(494)

(69)

(167)

(2,926)

Write-off

-

-

(743)

(3)

(746)

    Other changes

2,443

(2,670)

(203)

114

(316)

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

58,832

18,889

4,969

405

83,095

 

CONSUMER LOANS – CHANGE IN GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

31,793

3,389

1,915

99

37,196

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

1,628

(1,519)

(109)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(1,470)

1,543

(73)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

(544)

(511)

1,055

-

-

Transfer from Stage 1, 2 and 3 to POCI

(13)

(21)

(73)

107

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

30,121

1,000

211

51

31,383

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

1,012

126

301

7

1,446

Repayments

(22,372)

(524)

(276)

(48)

(23,220)

Non-substantial modifications

(11)

(1)

(1)

-

(13)

Derecognition, including sale

(86)

(68)

(13)

(107)

(274)

Write-off

(6)

-

(762)

(3)

(771)

     Other changes

(158)

(33)

(9)

(2)

(202)

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

39,894

3,381

2,166

104

45,545

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

26,079

3,570

2,379

79

32,107

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

960

(927)

(33)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(1,640)

1,724

(84)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

(386)

(419)

805

-

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

19,546

491

206

63

20,306

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

1,429

182

330

7

1,948

Repayments

(14,584)

(561)

(292)

(39)

(15,476)

Non-substantial modifications

(10)

(2)

(2)

-

(14)

Derecognition, including sale

-

(35)

(695)

(125)

(855)

Write-off

-

-

(661)

(14)

(675)

    Other changes

399

(634)

(38)

128

(145)

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

31,793

3,389

1,915

99

37,196

 

FINANCE LEASE RECEIVABLES - CHANGE IN THE GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

13,227

6,590

1,470

1

21,288

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

921

(898)

(23)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(3,363)

3,484

(121)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

(177)

(399)

576

-

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

7,849

974

87

-

8,910

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

95

17

47

-

159

Repayments

(3,404)

(2,483)

(465)

-

(6,352)

Non-substantial modifications

(256)

(1,001)

(154)

-

(1,411)

Derecognition, including sale

(12)

(48)

(6)

-

(66)

Write-off

(7)

-

(36)

-

(43)

    Other changes

9

1

4

-

14

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

14,882

6,237

1,379

1

22,499

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

12,887

5,993

1,045

3

19,928

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

706

(684)

(22)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(3,636)

3733

(97)

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

(591)

(524)

1115

-

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

7178

1295

129

-

8,602

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

94

5

48

-

147

Repayments

(3,186)

(2,130)

(377)

(2)

(5,695)

Non-substantial modifications

(222)

(1,046)

(236)

-

(1,504)

Derecognition, including sale

(9)

(57)

(8)

-

(74)

Write-off

-

-

(127)

-

(127)

    Other changes

6

5

-

-

11

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

13,227

6,590

1,470

1

21,288

 

FACTORING RECEIVABLES - CHANGE IN THE GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

6,376

84

113

6,573

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

34

(13)

(21)

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(24)

24

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

(42)

(10)

52

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

776

-

-

776

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

(65)

3

19

43

Repayments

(372)

(41)

(45)

458

    Other changes

(53)

-

(1)

54

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

6,630

47

117

6,794

 

2024

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

5,303

25

88

5,416

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

4

(3)

(1)

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

(84)

84

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

(44)

(1)

45

-

Granting or purchase of financial instruments

901

-

-

901

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

831

53

14

898

Repayments

(537)

(74)

(33)

(644)

    Other changes

2

-

-

2

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

6,376

84

113

6,573

 

        Other financial assets:

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS - CHANGE IN THE GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 3

Total

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

2,481

130

2,611

Granting or purchase of financial assets

2,315

-

2,315

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

12

-

12

Repayments

(2,687)

-

(2,687)

Write-off

-

(48)

(48)

Other changes

(15)

7

(8)

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

2,106

89

2,195

 

2024

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

1,469

141

1,610

Granting or purchase of financial assets

2,318

62

2,380

Utilization of limit or disbursement of tranches

14

-

14

Repayments

(1,334)

(63)

(1,397)

Write-off

-

(9)

(9)

Other changes

14

(1)

13

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

2,481

130

2,611

 

48.3.                   Changes in allowances for expected credit losses

The line "Net allowances for expected credit losses" includes the following items:

        “Increase due to recognition and purchase”,

        "Changes in credit risk (net)", which includes the effect on the allowance amount of an increase or decrease in the amount of financial assets due to accrued and paid interest income, the effect of the passage of time on expected credit losses, changes in estimates due to an update or review of risk parameters, and changes in forecasted macroeconomic data,

        “Decrease due to derecognition”,

        “Changes due to modification without derecognition (net)”.

Items of transfers between Stages 1, 2 and 3 are presented in the amount of allowances for expected credit losses at the end of the reporting period in correspondence with the item "Changes in credit risk (net)". In 2024, items of transfers between Stages 1, 2 and 3 were presented in the amount of allowances for expected credit losses at the end of the reporting period in correspondence with the item "Change in credit risk - transfers".

The item “Other adjustments” includes the effect of foreign exchange differences and, in the case of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, the effect of measurement at fair value.

        securities

SECURITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME – CHANGES IN ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES IN THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Total

As at the beginning of the period

-

-

-

Transfer from stage 2 to stage 1

(4)

4

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(41)

-

(41)

Changes in credit risk (net)

53

1

54

Derecognition, including sale

10

1

11

Other adjustments

(18)

(6)

(24)

As at the end of the period

-

-

-

 

 

2024

As at the beginning of the period

-

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 to stage 2

1

(1)

-

Change in credit risk – transfers

(1)

1

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(85)

-

(85)

Changes in credit risk (net)

54

7

61

Decrease due to derecognition

4

-

4

Write-off

27

(7)

20

As at the end of the period

-

-

-

SECURITIES MEASURED AT AMORTISED COST – CHANGES IN ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(66)

(26)

(92)

Transfer from stage 2 to stage 1

(10)

10

-

Transfer from stage 1 to stage 2

1

(1)

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(31)

-

(31)

Changes in credit risk (net)

47

1

48

Changes due to modification without derecognition (net)

1

-

1

Other adjustments

1

-

1

As at the end of the period

(57)

(16)

(73)

 

2024

 

 

 

As at the beginning of the period

(54)

(18)

(72)

Transfer from stage 2 to stage 1

(1)

1

-

Transfer from stage 1 to stage 2

16

(16)

-

Change in credit risk – transfers

(15)

15

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(21)

(3)

(24)

Changes in credit risk (net)

8

(5)

3

Other adjustments

1

-

1

As at the end of the period

(66)

(26)

(92)

 

        Loans and advances to customers measured at amortized cost

REAL ESTATE LOANS - CHANGES IN ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(71)

(974)

(795)

13

(1,827)

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

(222)

175

47

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

44

(96)

52

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

3

86

(89)

-

-

Transfer from Stage 1, 2 and 3 to POCI

-

3

10

(13)

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(19)

(3)

(1)

(11)

(34)

Changes in credit risk (net)

198

(178)

99

12

131

Decrease due to derecognition

12

8

7

11

38

Changes due to modification without derecognition (net)

-

-

2

-

2

Write-off

-

(1)

90

-

89

Other adjustments

(8)

26

(82)

(1)

(65)

As at the end of the period

(63)

(954)

(660)

11

(1,666)

 

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

As at the beginning of the period

(95)

(1,135)

(1,135)

(5)

(2,370)

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

(8)

8

-

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

281

(307)

26

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

23

114

(137)

-

-

Change in credit risk – transfers

(296)

185

111

-

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(41)

(4)

-

(29)

(74)

Changes in credit risk (net)

(25)

(67)

126

4

38

Decrease due to derecognition

45

7

7

25

84

Changes due to modification without derecognition (net)

1

(2)

1

-

-

Write-off

-

-

199

5

204

Other adjustments

44

227

7

13

291

As at the end of the period

(71)

(974)

(795)

13

(1,827)

 

CORPORATE LOANS - CHANGES IN ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(489)

(1,453)

(2,204)

(20)

(4,166)

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

(363)

311

52

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

55

(75)

20

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

11

85

(96)

-

-

Transfer from Stage 1, 2 and 3 to POCI

-

1

44

(45)

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(307)

(118)

(127)

(106)

(658)

Changes in credit risk (net)

681

(260)

(400)

47

68

Decrease due to derecognition

26

41

37

50

154

Changes due to modification without derecognition (net)

(2)

10

(2)

-

6

Write-off

-

-

414

4

418

Other adjustments

(47)

13

(305)

79

(260)

As at the end of the period

(435)

(1,445)

(2,567)

9

(4,438)

 

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

As at the beginning of the period

(450)

(1,739)

(2,157)

1

(4,345)

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

(38)

36

2

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

280

(290)

10

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

119

730

(849)

-

-

Change in credit risk – transfers

(361)

(476)

837

-

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(233)

(149)

(99)

(218)

(699)

Changes in credit risk (net)

214

372

(558)

(29)

(1)

Decrease due to derecognition

34

77

22

44

177

Changes due to modification without derecognition (net)

(3)

2

59

-

58

Write-off

-

-

742

3

745

Other adjustments

(51)

(16)

(213)

179

(101)

As at the end of the period

(489)

(1,453)

(2,204)

(20)

(4,166)

 

CONSUMER LOANS - CHANGES IN ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(505)

(742)

(1,173)

98

(2,322)

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

(296)

254

42

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

40

(60)

20

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

25

192

(217)

-

-

Transfer from Stage 1, 2 and 3 to POCI

1

8

40

(49)

 

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(327)

(28)

(61)

(74)

(490)

Changes in credit risk (net)

467

(447)

(209)

34

(155)

Decrease due to derecognition

-

11

4

51

66

Changes due to modification without derecognition (net)

(1)

(4)

(1)

-

(6)

Update of the applied estimation method (net)

3

-

4

5

12

Write-off

6

(1)

762

3

770

Other adjustments

(1)

1

(470)

36

(434)

As at the end of the period

(588)

(816)

(1,259)

104

(2,559)

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

As at the beginning of the period

(443)

(752)

(1,493)

55

(2,633)

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

(16)

16

-

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

343

(355)

12

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

214

210

(424)

-

-

Change in credit risk – transfers

(541)

129

412

-

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(260)

(18)

(98)

(93)

(469)

Changes in credit risk (net)

195

20

(354)

4

(135)

Decrease due to derecognition

1

12

5

61

79

Changes due to modification without derecognition (net)

2

-

(1)

21

22

Write-off

-

-

661

14

675

Other adjustments

-

(4)

107

36

139

As at the end of the period

(505)

(742)

(1,173)

98

(2,322)

 

FINANCE LEASE RECEIVABLES - CHANGES IN ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(107)

(229)

(495)

(831)

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

(30)

23

7

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

30

(65)

35

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

2

42

(44)

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(88)

(86)

(73)

(247)

Changes in credit risk (net)

27

(14)

(113)

(100)

Decrease due to derecognition

26

91

157

274

Write-off

-

-

44

44

Other adjustments

-

1

(2)

(1)

As at the end of the period

(140)

(237)

(484)

(861)

 

 

2024

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

 

As at the beginning of the period

(83)

(237)

(508)

(1)

(829)

Transfer from stage 2 and 3 to stage 1

(30)

24

6

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 3 to stage 2

25

(51)

26

-

-

Transfer from stage 1 and 2 to stage 3

6

64

(70)

-

-

Change in credit risk – transfers

(1)

(37)

38

-

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(71)

(81)

(77)

-

(229)

Changes in credit risk (net)

26

(29)

(122)

-

(125)

Decrease due to derecognition

20

81

132

1

234

Write-off

-

-

122

-

122

Other adjustments

1

37

(42)

-

(4)

As at the end of the period

(107)

(229)

(495)

-

(831)

 

FACTORING RECEIVABLES - CHANGES IN ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES DURING THE PERIOD

2025

Stage 1

Stage 3

Total

As at the beginning of the period

(1)

(38)

(39)

Transfer from stage 1 to stage 3

13

(13)

-

Changes in credit risk (net)

(12)

8

(4)

Decrease due to derecognition

-

1

1

Other adjustments

-

1

1

As at the end of the period

-

(41)

(41)

 

2024

 

 

 

As at the beginning of the period

(1)

(29)

(30)

Transfer from stage 1 to stage 3

6

(6)

-

Change in credit risk – transfers

(6)

6

-

Increase due to recognition and purchase

(1)

-

(1)

Changes in credit risk (net)¹

(4)

(3)

(7)

Other adjustments

5

(6)

(1)

As at the end of the period

(1)

(38)

(39)

 

        Other financial assets:

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS - CHANGES IN ALLOWANCES FOR EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES IN THE PERIOD – Stage 3

2025

2024

As at the beginning of the period

(129)

(136)

Changes in credit risk (net)

(4)

2

Write-off

48

9

Other adjustments

(3)

(4)

As at the end of the period

(88)

(129)

 

48.4.                   Other disclosures

For financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss, i.e., derivative instruments, securities, and loans and advances granted to customers, the maximum exposure to credit risk is equal to their carrying amount presented in the statement of financial position.

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS SUBJECT TO MODIFICATION

2025

2024

Financial assets subject to modification during the period:

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 2

Stage 3

valuation amount at amortized cost before modification

699

576

778

507

gain (loss) on modification

10

-

10

(1)

Financial assets subject to modification since initial recognition:

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

gross carrying amount of financial assets subject to modification for which expected losses were calculated over the lifetime and which are classified as Stage 1 after modification

357  

267

The table below presents the outstanding amounts of financial assets to be repaid, which were written down during the reporting period and which are still subject to debt recovery activities.

RECEIVABLES WRITTEN OFF

2025

2024

Partly

Entirely

Partly

Entirely

Loans and advances to customers

116

204

147

1,645

real estate loans

12

5

21

128

business loans

24

107

41

850

consumer loans

80

48

85

545

finance lease receivables

-

44

-

122

Other financial assets

-

-

-

1

Total

116

204

147

1,646

The Group adopted the following criteria for writing off receivables:

      the receivable has fully matured and is the consequence of a loan, advance, contractual overdraft, guarantee, surety, or bond;

      in accordance with IFRS, the allowance for expected credit losses covers 100% of the gross carrying amount of the asset, or exceeds 90% of this amount and:

        debt recovery actions taken did not lead to the recovery of the receivable, and the assessment of the probability of recovery (taking into account the findings of the bailiff or the receiver, transferability of collateral, level of satisfaction, mortgage position) indicates that the entire receivable cannot be recovered, or

        in the last 12 months, repayments did not cover currently accrued interest.

        Past due financial assets subject to impairment or impaired

PAST DUE FINANCIAL ASSETS SUBJECT TO IMPAIRMENT OR IMPAIRED (net) – loans and advances to customers

up to 30 days

30 to 90 days

over 90 days

TOTAL

31.12.2025

Stage 1

3,054

209

-

3,263

Stage 2

2,408

396

112

2,916

Stage 3

562

371

1,964

2,897

Total

6,024

976

2,076

9,076

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

Stage 1

3,714

174

-

3,888

Stage 2

2,551

421

140

3,112

Stage 3

438

562

1,536

2,536

Total

6,703

1,157

1,676

9,536

To specify whether a loan is overdue, the Group applies the following minimum thresholds:

        PLN 400 – for retail exposures,

        PLN 2,000 – for other credit exposures, and

        1% – as regards the debtor’s entire credit exposure in the balance sheet of the Bank and other entities of the Group.

      Quality of the portfolio covered by the rating model for loans and advances to customers (Gross carrying amount)

CREDIT RISK EXPOSURES BY PD PARAMETER 31.12.2025

 

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

REAL ESTATE LOANS

124,723

9,384

1,226

72

135,405

0.00 - 0.02%

14,389

76

-

-

14,465

0.02 - 0.07%

68,489

528

-

2

69,019

0.07 - 0.11%

16,344

212

-

1

16,557

0.11 - 0.18%

10,689

327

-

2

11,018

0.18 - 0.45%

7,218

2,046

-

5

9,269

0.45 - 1.78%

1,930

3,581

-

6

5,517

1.78 - 99.99%

505

2,587

-

6

3,098

100%

-

-

1,226

50

1,276

no internal rating

5,159

27

-

-

5,186

CORPORATE LOANS, FACTORING RECEIVABLES, FINANCE LEASE RECEIVABLES

92,583

20,256

6,785

468

120,092

0.00 - 0.45%

7,744

9

-

-

7,753

0.45 - 0.90%

9,286

69

-

-

9,355

0.90 - 1.78%

17,471

640

-

3

18,114

1.78 - 3.55%

30,492

5,592

-

1

36,085

3.55 - 7.07%

15,403

6,426

-

45

21,874

7.07 - 14.07%

9,584

4,787

-

-

14,371

14.07 - 99.99%

379

2,675

-

5

3,059

100%

125

2

6,766

413

7,306

no internal rating

2,099

56

19

1

2,175

CONSUMER LOANS

39,894

3,381

2,166

104

45,545

0.00 - 0.45%

12,633

96

-

2

12,731

0.45 - 0.90%

6,947

130

-

2

7,079

0.90 - 1.78%

7,039

262

-

3

7,304

1.78 - 3.55%

5,805

441

-

4

6,250

3.55 - 7.07%

3,269

506

-

3

3,778

7.07 - 14.07%

1,232

467

-

4

1,703

14.07 - 99.99%

329

1,212

-

6

1,547

100%

-

-

2,166

78

2,244

no internal rating

2,640

267

-

2

2,909

Total

257,200

33,021

10,177

644

301,042

 

CREDIT RISK EXPOSURES BY PD PARAMETER 31.12.2024

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

REAL ESTATE LOANS

113,771

9,782

1,393

75

125,021

0.00 - 0.02%

13,012

129

-

-

13,141

0.02 - 0.07%

62,394

549

-

3

62,946

0.07 - 0.11%

14,777

223

-

2

15,002

0.11 - 0.18%

9,461

521

-

1

9,983

0.18 - 0.45%

6,976

2,267

-

3

9,246

0.45 - 1.78%

2,379

3,270

-

7

5,656

1.78 - 99.99%

231

2,797

-

8

3,036

100%

-

-

1,393

51

1,444

no internal rating

4,541

26

-

-

4,567

CORPORATE LOANS, FACTORING RECEIVABLES, FINANCE LEASE RECEIVABLES

78,435

25,563

6,552

406

110,956

0.00 - 0.45%

10,402

345

-

-

10,747

0.45 - 0.90%

6,888

342

-

-

7,230

0.90 - 1.78%

16,313

2,707

22

-

19,042

1.78 - 3.55%

27,073

6,407

-

1

33,481

3.55 - 7.07%

10,922

6,860

-

5

17,787

7.07 - 14.07%

5,881

6,441

-

4

12,326

14.07 - 99.99%

374

2,436

-

4

2,814

100%

-

-

6,530

391

6,921

no internal rating

582

25

-

1

608

CONSUMER LOANS

31,793

3,389

1,915

99

37,196

0.00 - 0.45%

10,685

134

-

1

10,820

0.45 - 0.90%

5,655

140

-

1

5,796

0.90 - 1.78%

5,434

313

-

3

5,750

1.78 - 3.55%

4,184

528

-

2

4,714

3.55 - 7.07%

2,341

581

-

2

2,924

7.07 - 14.07%

914

508

-

3

1,425

14.07 - 99.99%

220

1,126

-

4

1,350

100%

-

-

1,915

80

1,995

no internal rating

2,360

59

-

3

2,422

Total

223,999

38,734

9,860

580

273,173

 

      Quality of the portfolio covered by the rating model for off-balance sheet liabilities (nominal value)

CREDIT RISK EXPOSURES BY PD PARAMETER 31.12.2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

POCI

Total

0.00 - 0.45%

22,549

68

-

1

22,618

0.45 - 0.90%

18,504

325

-

2

18,831

0.90 - 1.78%

16,875

636

-

1

17,512

1.78 - 3.55%

19,827

1,785

-

-

21,612

3.55 - 7.07%

10,101

1,130

-

-

11,231

7.07 - 14.07%

3,741

823

-

294

4,858

14.07 - 99.99%

114

364

-

-

478

100%

123

-

549

10

682

no internal rating

11,031

1,248

49

-

12,328

Total

102,865

6,379

598

308

110,150

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 - 0.45%

32,713

206

- 

1

32,920

0.45 - 0.90%

13,721

587

- 

1

14,309

0.90 - 1.78%

14,497

2,019

30

- 

16,546

1.78 - 3.55%

14,379

2,498

- 

- 

16,877

3.55 - 7.07%

5,148

2,728

- 

- 

7,876

7.07 - 14.07%

2,028

2,170

- 

338

4,536

14.07 - 99.99%

51

172

- 

- 

223

100%

-

- 

383

1

384

no internal rating

8,241

1,232

- 

- 

9,473

Total

90,778

11,612

413

341

103,144

 

      Quality of the portfolio covered by the rating model for amounts due from banks (Gross carrying amount)

CREDIT RISK EXPOSURES BY PD PARAMETER – Stage 1 (EXTERNAL RATINGS)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

AA

368

1,188

A

1,640

  2,271

BBB

69

136

BB

4

1

B

-

1

CCC

9

3

CC

2,388

1,491

Total

4,478

5,091

 

      Quality of the portfolio covered by the rating model for debt securities (Gross carrying amount)

CREDIT RISK EXPOSURES BY PD PARAMETER 31.12.2025

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

EXTERNAL RATINGS

 

 

 

 

AAA

13,710

-

-

13,710

AA

3,143

-

-

3,143

A

200,852

34

-

200,886

BBB

2,783

-

-

2,783

BB

653

208

-

861

CCC

697

4

-

701

INTERNAL RATINGS

 

 

 

 

0.00-0.45%

8,302

-

-

8,302

0.45-0.90%

6,626

220

-

6,846

0.90-1.78%

305

257

-

562

1.78-3.55%

1,885

60

-

1,945

7.07-14.07%

80

4

-

84

100%

-

-

8

8

no internal rating

43

-

-

43

Total

239,079

787

8

239,874

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

EXTERNAL RATINGS

 

 

 

 

AAA

11,658

- 

- 

11,658

AA

9,108

- 

- 

9,108

A

163,985

- 

- 

163,985

BBB

1,994

- 

- 

1,994

BB

560

485

- 

1,045

INTERNAL RATINGS

 

 

 

 

0.00-0.45%

6,873

- 

- 

6,873

0.45-0.90%

6,200

791

- 

6,991

0.90-1.78%

89

82

- 

171

1.78-3.55%

1,844

66

- 

1,910

3.55-7.07%

3

- 

- 

3

7.07-14.07%

19

1

- 

20

100%

- 

- 

10

10 

no internal rating

4,696

218

- 

4,914

Total

207,029

1,643

10

208,682

 

49. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

The Group offsets and presents financial assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position on a net basis if it has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

Most often, positive and negative fair values of interest rate derivative instruments are offset against margin deposits (Variation Margin) where the counterparty is a clearing house (CCP) or a clearing broker.

The Group enters into ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreements) and GMRA (Global Master Repurchase Agreement) agreements, which make it possible to offset assets and liabilities (close-out netting) in the event of a breach of the agreement. These agreements mitigate settlement and pre-settlement risks, but they do not meet the requirements of IAS 32 because the set-off is conditional and depends on the occurrence of a specific event.

Exposures arising from derivatives are further secured by margin deposits provided by counterparties as part of CSAs (Credit Support Annex).

OFFSETTING ASSETS - Hedging and other derivative instruments

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Recognized financial assets, gross

6,681

6,180

Financial liabilities subject to offsetting, gross

(4,245)

(4,061)

Financial assets recognized in the statement of financial position, net

2,436

2,119

Amounts subject to enforceable framework agreement or similar agreement concerning offsetting, including related to:

1,146

881

(i) recognized financial instruments which do not meet the offsetting criteria

330

447

(ii) financial collateral (including cash)

816

434

Net amount

1,290

  1,238

 

OFFSETTING LIABILITIES - Hedging and other derivative instruments

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Recognized financial liabilities, gross

5,819

7,019

Financial assets subject to offsetting, gross

(2,996)

 (4,338)

Financial liabilities recognized in the statement of financial position, net

2,823

  2,681

Amounts subject to enforceable framework agreement or similar agreement concerning offsetting, including related to:

579

743

(i) recognized financial instruments which do not meet the offsetting criteria

330

447

(ii) financial collateral (including cash)

249

296

Net amount

2,244

  1,938

 

50. Managing credit concentration risk in the Group

Credit concentration risk is the risk arising from a large exposure to individual customers or related groups whose repayment capacity depends on a common risk factor. The Group analyzes concentration, inter alia, as regards the largest customers and related groups, industries, regions, currencies and exposures secured with a mortgage.

The objective of managing this risk is to maintain a safe structure of the portfolio by mitigating excessive concentrations that may generate material losses.

The measurement consists of examining the actual aggregate exposure to a customer or a group of related customers and the actual aggregate exposure in individual groups of loan portfolios, in accordance with the definition of exposure in the CRR (comprising assets, off-balance sheet items and indirect exposures).

The identification of concentration risk involves recognizing the factors affecting the emergence or change in the amount of the Group's exposure. In this process, the Group identifies a group of related customers constituting a single risk for the Group) and determines the total exposure to each group of customers, and applies exemptions from the concentration limit and risk mitigation techniques consistent with the CRR.

The tolerance level for concentration risk is determined by external limits and the Bank's internal limits (strategic limits and other limits defining the risk appetite). To measure the concentration of exposures, the Group uses, among other things, the concentration ratio resulting from Art. 395(1) of the CRR and Art. 79a of the Banking Law, the Gini coefficient and the Lorenz curve. The Bank forecasts changes in the level of concentration risk as part of its analyses and reviews of internal limits and the concentration risk management policy and in the process of stress testing concentration risk.

Concentration risk is an element of comprehensive stress tests which enables the evaluation of the forecast effect of correlated credit, interest rate, currency, operating and liquidity risks and concentration risk on the expected credit loss of the Bank.

The monitoring of the Group's exposure concentration takes place in the financing decision-making process and systemically, among other things, through daily control of limits, identification of large exposures, and monthly/quarterly control of internal limits and early warning indicators.

        Concentration by the largest entities (customers)

The Group monitors the risk of concentration towards individual customers and related groups in accordance with the CRR. It does not allow exposures exceeding 25% of the consolidated Tier 1 capital of the Group after taking into account risk mitigation techniques (Arts. 399–403 of the CRR).

As at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024, the concentration limits were not exceeded. The largest exposure to a single entity (excluding governments and banks) accounted for 6.91% of Tier 1 capital in 2025 and 32.12% in 2024, respectively.

The total exposure to the five largest customers (excluding governments and banks) comprises the sum of gross balance sheet exposures from loans, advances, debt securities, purchased debt claims, off-balance sheet exposures, derivative transactions (according to Art. 274(2) of the CRR) and shares – details are presented in the table below.

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

No.

The Group's exposure

Share of the portfolio

Concentration ratio1

No.

The Group's exposure

Share of the portfolio

Concentration ratio1

1

3,151

0.68%

6.91%

12

14,215

3.27%

32.12%

2

3,106

0.68%

6.81%

22

5,675

1.31%

12.82%

3

2,760

0.60%

6.05%

32

3,151

0.73%

7.12%

4

2,727

0.59%

5.98%

42

2,755

0.63%

6.22%

5

2,662

0.58%

5.84%

5

2,497

0.58%

5.64%

Total

14,406

3.13%

31.59%

Total

28,293

6.52%

63.92%

1 The Bank Group's exposure to the Bank Group's Tier 1 capital ratio  

2 Exposure exempt from the exposure concentration limit under the CRR 

           Concentration by the largest groups of related customers

The Group's largest exposure to a single group of related customers was 1.17% of the financial instrument portfolio as at 31 December 2025 (3.57% in 2024). Excluding exposures to governments and banks and without the effect of credit risk mitigation, the largest concentration towards a group of related customers was 11.79% of Tier 1 capital in 2025 (34.99% in 2024). The total exposure to the five largest groups of related customers comprises the sum of gross balance sheet exposures (loans, advances, debt securities, purchased debt claims), off-balance sheet exposures, derivative transactions (according to Art. 274(2) of the CRR) and shares – details are presented in the table below.

31.12.2025

 

31.12.2024

 

No.

The Group's exposure

Share of the portfolio

Concentration ratio1

No.

The Group's exposure

Share of the portfolio

Concentration ratio1

1

5,377

1.17%

11.79%

12

15,485   

3.57%

34.99%

2

4,450

0.97%

9.75%

22

5,698   

1.31%

12.87%

3

3,813

0.83%

8.36%

3

4,285   

0.99%

9.68%

4

3,727

0.81%

8.17%

4

3,472   

0.80%

7.84%

5

3,450

0.75%

7.56%

5

3,455   

0.80%

7.81%

Total

20,817

4.53%

45.63%

Total

32,395

7.47%

73.19%

1 The Bank Group's exposure to the Bank Group's Tier 1 capital ratio 

2 Exposure exempt from the exposure concentration limit under the CRR

           Concentration by industry

The Group's portfolio of corporate exposures is diversified across industry sectors. The table below presents the structure of the gross loan and securities portfolio to corporate entities by industry section.

SECTION SYMBOL

SECTION NAME

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

EXPOSURE

 Share of the portfolio

EXPOSURE

Share of the portfolio

L

Financial and insurance activities

22.84

3.53

22.91

1.70

C

Industrial processing

15.07

10.02

15.16

10.11

M

Real estate administration

7.57

9.04

7.12

9.73

G

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles

9.96

17.07

9.29

19.81

P

Public administration and national defense, compulsory social security

15.06

3.15

16.25

1.49

Other exposures

29.50

57.19

29.27

57.16

Total

100.00

100.00

100.00

100.00

           Concentration by geographical regions

The Group’s loan portfolio is diversified in terms of geographical concentration. The geographical structure of the gross loan portfolio is identified depending on the Bank's customer area:

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK BY GEOGRAPHICAL REGION FOR RETAIL CUSTOMERS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Warsaw region

20.34

16.77

Katowice region

10.58

10.90

Poznań region

10.25

10.30

Wrocław region

10.10

10.81

Gdańsk region

9.71

10.20

Kraków region

8.62

8.62

Łódź region

8.02

8.57

Szczecin region

7.78

8.07

Lublin region

7.30

7.34

Białystok region

6.21

6.51

Head Office

0.31

0.60

Other

0.10

0.51

Foreign countries

0.68

0.80

Total

100.00

100.00

 

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK BY GEOGRAPHICAL REGION FOR INSTITUTIONAL CUSTOMERS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Head Office

4.06

3.70

central macroregion

44.80

45.02

northern macroregion

7.86

8.02

western macroregion

10.42

10.89

southern macroregion

9.48

10.08

south-eastern macroregion

9.80

9.92

north-eastern macroregion

3.91

3.91

south-western macroregion

6.98

6.38

Foreign countries

2.69

2.08

Total

100.00

100.00

 

           Concentration of credit risk by currency

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK BY CURRENCY

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

PLN

86.95

86.66

Foreign currencies, of which:

13.05

13.34

CHF

0.32

0.72

EUR

11.65

11.37

USD

0.54

0.83

UAH

0.32

0.34

GBP

0.01

0.02

Other

0.21

0.06

Total

100.00

100.00

           Other types of concentration

The Group analyses the structure of its housing loan portfolio by LTV levels.

THE GROUP’S HOUSING LOAN PORTFOLIO STRUCTURE BY LTV

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

0% - 40%

44.64

49.32

41% - 60%

22.61

24.52

61% - 80%

23.41

17.74

81% - 90%

6.23

6.52

91% - 100%

2.91

1.71

over 100%

0.20

0.19

Total

100.00

100.00

 

 AVERAGE LTV FOR:

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

- portfolio of housing loans in CHF

43.55

40.94

- portfolio of housing loans

47.50

44.71

 

51. Exposure to the counterparty credit risk

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK – INTERBANK MARKET AND NON-WHOLESALE MARKET – EXPOSURE*

Counterparty

Country

Rating

Interbank market – wholesale

Non-wholesale market

 

Total

Deposits (nominal value)

Derivatives (market value, excluding collateral if positive)

Securities (nominal value)

Nominal balance sheet exposure

Nominal off-balance sheet exposure

Cash on NOSTRO accounts

31.12.2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterparty 1

 Luxembourg

 AAA

-

-

13,700

-

-

-

13,700

Counterparty 2

 Poland

 A

74

-

7,767   

-

-

-

7,841

Counterparty 3

 Belgium

 A

286

(5)

-

-

-

124

410

Counterparty 4

 Germany

 A

-

201

-

-

-

4

205

Counterparty 5

 Germany

 A

-

154

-

-

-

-

154

Counterparty 6

 Poland

 A

-

-

-

150

-

-

150

Counterparty 7

 France

 A

-

119

-

-

-

-

119

Counterparty 8

 France

 A

-

98

-

-

-

-

98

Counterparty 9

 Switzerland

 AA

91

-

-

-

-

2

93

Counterparty 10

 France

 A

-

91

-

-

-

-

91

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterparty 1

 Luxembourg

 AAA

-

-

11,799

-

-

-

11,799

Counterparty 2

 Poland

 A

55

18

9,693   

-

-

-

9,766

Counterparty 3

 Belgium

 A

427

(9)

-

-

-

218

645

Counterparty 97

 Switzerland

 AA

598

-

-

-

-

-

598

Counterparty 98

 Switzerland

 AA

299

-

-

-

-

-

299

Counterparty 15

 Germany

 AA

-

128

-

-

32

4

164

Counterparty 10

 France

 A

-

161

-

-

-

-

161

Counterparty 6

 Poland

 A

-

6

-

150

-

-

156

Counterparty 5

 Germany

 A

60

81

-

-

-

4

145

Counterparty 19

 United States of America

 AA

-

-

-

-

15   

93   

108

* Excluding exposures to the State Treasury and the National Bank of Poland

The Group mitigates credit risk by concluding framework agreements with counterparties (PBA, ISDA, ICMA), which enable offsetting of liabilities and the use of the close-out netting mechanism in the event of termination of the agreement. In addition, collateral agreements (CSA – Credit Support Annex) are applied, imposing the obligation to establish collateral upon meeting specific conditions. Exceptions are transactions between the Group entities (PKO Bank Polski S.A. and PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A.), which are exempted from the EMIR requirements regarding the exchange of collateral.

The Group clears interest rate derivative transactions through two clearing houses (CCP) in accordance with EMIR. For transactions not cleared at a CCP, the Bank concludes agreements on initial margins (IM) based on the ISDA standard. Deposits are placed with a depositary in the form of accepted securities or cash after the IM threshold is exceeded, and until then the level of the IM requirement is monitored.

52. Forbearance practices

The Group treats as forbearance actions agreed with a debtor in a difficult financial situation, consisting in changing the terms of the agreement in order to restore repayment capacity and maximize recoveries while minimizing costs. They may include, among other things: dividing the debt into instalments, changing the repayment schedule, extending the lending period, changing the interest rate or margin, as well as reducing the debt.

Exposures subject to forbearance are classified into the portfolio of impaired exposures. Return to the performing portfolio takes place not earlier than after 12 months of timely repayment of arrears and at least 6 instalments, provided that there are no threats in the Group's assessment.

The forbearance status expires 24 months after inclusion in the performing portfolio if the customer has no overdue debt >30 days and has repaid at least 12 full instalments. Throughout the period of the status, the impairment allowance corresponds to the expected loss over the lifetime of the exposure.

Non-performing exposures are those which are past due by >90 days and their value exceeds 20% of all exposures to the debtor.

31.12.2025

Instruments with modified terms and conditions

Refinancing

Total, gross

Allowances for expected credit losses

Total, net

Performing exposures

Loans and advances to customers

694

2

696

29

725

Non-performing exposures

Securities

8

-

8

-

8

Loans and advances to customers

3,311

17

3,328

(1,276)

2,052

TOTAL EXPOSURES SUBJECT TO FORBEARANCE

4,013

19

4,032

(1,247)

2,785

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

 

Performing exposures

Securities

100

-

100

-

100

Loans and advances to customers

1,106

2

1,108

(11)

1,097

Non-performing exposures

Securities

10

-

10

-

10

Loans and advances to customers

3,342

 21

 3,363

(950)

 2,413

TOTAL EXPOSURES SUBJECT TO FORBEARANCE

4,558

23

4,581

(961)

3,620

 

LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS SUBJECT TO FORBEARANCE

2025

2024

Recognized interest income on forborne loans and advances to customers

319

384

53. Information on package sale of receivables

In 2025, the Group effected package sales of about 48 thousand receivables (balance sheet and off-balance sheet) from retail and business customers amounting to a total of PLN 2,072 million (in 2024: 75 thousand receivables for PLN 1,790 million). As at 31 December 2025, the value of the provisions for potential claims on the sale of receivables amounted to PLN 6 million (as at 31 December 2024: PLN 5 million). As a result of the sale, all risks and rewards were transferred, hence the Group derecognized these assets.

54. Interest rate risk management

Interest rate risk is a risk of losses being incurred on the balance sheet and off-balance sheet items sensitive to interest rate fluctuations. The Group mitigates it by appropriately structuring its assets and liabilities and applying limits and thresholds tailored to the scale of operations.

The following are used to measure the risk:

        sensitivity of interest income,

        sensitivity of economic value,

        VaR,

        stress tests and repricing gap analysis.

The Group monitors the level of risk and the utilization of strategic and internal limits.

As at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024, the exposure to interest rate risk remained within the adopted limits; the main source of risk was the PLN interest rate, and the impact of the subsidiaries was immaterial.

Interest rate risk is generated primarily in the banking book (items from core activities), while in the trading book it is kept at a limited level. In order to mitigate it, the Group, in particular, uses limits, performs sensitivity analyses and concludes hedging transactions (IRS/CIRS) as part of the approved hedge accounting strategies ("Hedge accounting and other derivative instruments").

           Sensitivity of interest income

This measure determines the potential impact of an abrupt shift in the yield curve on interest income in a specific time horizon. The result arises mainly from the mismatch between repricing dates of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet liabilities (including derivative instruments) sensitive to interest rate fluctuations.

Sensitivity of interest income in the banking book of the Group to the shift in the yield curve of 200 bp down in a one-year horizon for all currencies is shown in the table below:

NAME OF THE MEASURE

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Sensitivity of interest income (PLN million)

(1,721)

(1,445)

           Sensitivity of economic value

This measure reflects the fair value change of the portfolio arising from the parallel shift of the yield curves by 200 bp up or down (the more unfavorable scenario is taken into account). The table below presents the stress test results for the banking book of the Group in all currencies as at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024.

NAME OF THE MEASURE

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Sensitivity of economic value (PLN million)

(3,607)

(3,322)

The Group monitors interest rate risk in the trading book by applying, in particular, the VaR measure.

           Value at risk

IR VaR determines a potential loss under normal market conditions in a specific time horizon and with an assumed level of probability, resulting from changes in interest rate curves. The table below presents the IR VaR for the Bank's trading book.

NAME OF THE MEASURE IR VaR for a 10-day time horizon at a confidence level of 99% (PLN million):

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Average value

5

7

Maximum value

12

15

Value at the end of the period

5

5

55. Currency risk management

Currency risk is the risk of loss resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates, generated by maintaining open currency positions. The Group mitigates it by appropriately structuring the currency structure of assets and liabilities and applying limits and thresholds tailored to the scale of operations.

The following measures are used for risk measurement: value at risk (VaR) and stress tests. Control includes setting strategic tolerance limits and monitoring the level of risk, utilization of limits and thresholds. The Group has set limits for, among other things, currency positions, VaR for a 10-day time horizon and potential loss on the currency market.

           Sensitivity measures

FX VaR determines a potential loss under normal market conditions in a specific horizon and with an assumed level of probability, resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates. Stress tests are used to estimate losses in the event of abrupt changes on the currency market which are not included in the standard statistical measures.

NAME OF SENSITIVITY MEASURE

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

VaR for a 10-day time horizon at a confidence level of 99% (in PLN million)1 jointly for all currencies

17

3

1 Taking into account the nature of the operation of the other Group companies which generate material currency risk and the specific characteristics of the market in which they operate, the Parent Company does not determine the consolidated VaR sensitivity measure. Such companies use their own risk measures to manage their interest rate risk. KREDOBANK SA applies the 10-day VaR which amounted to PLN 0.1 million as at 31 December 2025 and to PLN 0.3 million as at 31 December 2024.

           Foreign currency position

FOREIGN CURRENCY POSITION1

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

EUR

(624)

(92)

CHF

(154)

(122)

Other (Global, Net)

(48)

5

1 The positions do not include structural positions in UAH (PLN 715.3 million), for which the Bank obtained approval from the PFSA to exclude them from the calculation of the currency positions,

Currency positions (in addition to volatility of foreign exchange rates) are a key factor determining the level of currency risk to which the Group is exposed. Their level is affected by the concluded on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet currency transactions, with the exception of the structural position in UAH and EUR excluded from the calculation of the currency positions with the approval of the PFSA.

           Financial assets and liabilities by currency

Financial assets BY CURRENCY

Currency translated to PLN

31.12.2025

PLN

CHF

EUR

USD

UAH

Other

Total

Cash and balances with Central Bank

20,858

24

570

235

49

183

21,919

Amounts due from banks

466

104

1,061

253

2,400

193

4,477

Hedging derivatives

2

-

19

-

-

-

21

Other derivative instruments

2,238

-

140

37

-

-

2,415

Securities

221,393

-

12,117

7,273

701

-

241,484

Reverse repo transactions

701

-

1,309

-

-

-

2,010

Loans and advances to customers

256,918

1,024

32,754

948

965

802

293,411

Other financial assets

2,007

1

59

23

1

16

2,107

Total financial assets

504,583

1,153

48,029

8,769

4,116

1,194

567,844

 

31.12.2024

PLN

CHF

EUR

USD

UAH

Other

Total

Cash and balances with Central Bank

22,434

20

561

238

51

190

23,494

Amounts due from banks

576

12

2,524

319

1,502

156

5,089

Hedging derivatives

99

-

20

1

-

-

120

Other derivative instruments

1,787

-

171

41

-

-

1,999

Securities

187,901

-

10,280

11,090

1,260

-

210,531

Reverse repo transactions

892

-

-

-

-

-

892

Loans and advances to customers

232,814

2,153

28,616

1,404

922

249

266,158

Other financial assets

2,230

2

165

35

2

48

2,482

Total financial assets

448,733

2,187

42,337

13,128

3,737

643

510,765

 

Financial liabilities and off-balance sheet liabilities BY CURRENCY

Currency translated to PLN

31.12.2025

PLN

CHF

EUR

USD

UAH

Other

Total

Amounts due to Central bank

10

-

-

-

-

-

10

Amounts due to banks

2,141

14

1,044

174

-

67

3,440

Hedging derivatives

122

-

-

-

-

-

122

Other derivative instruments

2,338

-

304

59

-

-

2,701

Reverse repo transactions

22

-

-

-

-

-

22

Amounts due to customers

397,395

1,463

39,554

15,085

3,400

3,825

460,722

Loans and advances received

-

-

1,051

-

8

-

1,059

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

12,434

-

17,146

-

-

-

29,580

Subordinated liabilities

6,309

-

-

-

-

-

6,309

Other financial liabilities

2,823

5

1,112

218

16

39

4,213

Provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

533

5

76

5

7

2

628

Total financial liabilities

424,127

1,487

60,287

15,541

3,431

3,933

508,806

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities and guarantees granted

86,926

49

16,012

5,557

339

1,267

110,150

 

 

31.12.2024

PLN

CHF

EUR

USD

UAH

Other

Total

Amounts due to Central bank

11

-

-

-

-

-

11

Amounts due to banks

1,193

58

878

103

-

141

2,373

Hedging derivatives

285

-

-

-

-

-

285

Other derivative instruments

2,100

-

244

52

-

-

2,396

Amounts due to customers

358,590

1,332

37,969

15,031

3,073

3,783

419,778

Loans and advances received

144

-

1,114

-

10

-

1,268

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

10,323

-

13,134

-

-

-

23,457

Subordinated liabilities

4,291

-

-

-

-

-

4,291

Other financial liabilities

2,740

2

1,170

202

20

93

4,227

Provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

529

8

78

5

9

4

633

Total financial liabilities

380,206

1,400

54,587

15,393

3,112

4,021

458,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities and guarantees granted

84,502

75

11,586

5,882

322

777

103,144

 

56. Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk of the inability to settle liabilities as they become due because of a shortage of liquid assets, resulting, among other things, from a mismatch of cash flows, withdrawal of funds by customers or loss of sources of financing. The Group also manages financing risk, which includes the inability to renew or obtain funds.

The risk is mitigated by appropriately structuring assets and liabilities and maintaining stable sources of financing.

The following are used for measurement, among other things:

        contractual and adjusted liquidity gap;

        liquidity surplus;

        liquidity coverage ratio (LCR);

        net stable funding ratio (NSFR);

        liquidity reserve;

        the ratio of stable funds to illiquid assets;

        measures of stability of the deposit and loan portfolios;

        liquidity stress tests.

The control covers strategic and internal limits, monitoring of supervisory standards, concentration of sources of financing and early warning indicators. The Group prepares liquidity forecasts which take into account stress-test scenarios.

The main tools are: procedures and contingency plans, short-term, medium-term and long-term limits, deposit and investment transactions, transactions in securities and derivative instruments, and transactions ensuring long-term financing. The policy is based on maintaining a liquidity surplus, a stable deposit base and liquid securities, using money market instruments, including NBP open market operations.

           adjusted liquidity gap

It is a statement of balance sheet and off-balance sheet items by their adjusted maturities. The presented liquidity gaps comprise the sum of the adjusted liquidity gaps of the Bank (taking into account, among other things, the core deposits, overdrafts, credit cards and liquid securities), PKO Bank Hipoteczny SA, PKO Leasing SA, KREDOBANK SA, PKO Życie Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń SA and the contractual liquidity gap of the other Group companies.

 

on demand

0 – 1 month

1 – 3 months

3 – 6 months

6 – 12 months

12 – 24 months

24 – 60 months

more than 60 months

31.12.2025

Adjusted periodic gap

20,521

 160,635

(16,782)

(7,695)

(7,659)

18,479

34,677

( 202,176)

Adjusted cumulative periodic gap

20,521

 181,156

 164,374

 156,679

 149,020

 167,499

 202,176

-

31.12.2024

Adjusted periodic gap

19,635

130,621

(12,768)

(4,643)

(15,566)

21,456

30,748

(169,483)

Adjusted cumulative periodic gap

19,635

150,256

137,488

132,845

117,279

138,735

169,483

-

In all time horizons, the liquidity gap was positive, which means a surplus of assets receivable over liabilities payable.

           Supervisory liquidity measures

The Group regularly calculates and monitors the ratios specified by the EU provisions:

           LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio) - the ratio of high-quality liquid assets to net outflows in the 30-day horizon in stress conditions,

           NSFR (Net Stable Funding Ratio) - the ratio of items providing stable funding to items requiring stable funding.

SUPERVISORY LIQUIDITY MEASURES

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

NSFR - net stable funding ratio

158.7%

156.1%

LCR - liquidity coverage ratio

271.8%

245.1%

The values of the supervisory measures ratios remained above the supervisory limits.

           Core deposit base

As at 31 December 2025, the core deposit base constituted approx. 94.3% of all deposits placed with the Bank (excluding the interbank market), which represents a decrease of around 0.1 p.p. compared with the end of 2024.

           Structure of the sources of financing

Structure of the sources of financing

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Total deposits (excluding interbank market)

84,79%

85.21%

Interbank market deposits

0,72%

0.47%

Equity

8,80%

9.20%

Market financing

5,69%

5.12%

Total

100.00%

100.00%

 

        Contractual cash flows from the financial liabilities, excluding derivative financial instruments

The amounts comprise non-discounted future cash flows in respect of principal and interest in accordance with the agreement, up to the maturity date of the liability. The earliest possible settlement deadline was assumed, and in the case of liabilities repaid in instalments – each instalment was allocated to the earliest period in which the obligation to pay may arise. For liabilities with variable instalment amounts, the terms binding as at the reporting date were applied.

31.12.2025

Up to 1 month (inclusive)

1 to 3 months (inclusive)

More than 3 months up to 1 year (inclusive)

More than 1 year up to 5 years (inclusive)

More than 5 years

Contractual amount

Carrying amount

Amounts due to Central bank

10

-

-

-

-

10

10

Amounts due to banks

3,411

-

31

-

-

3,442

3,440

Reverse repo transactions

22

-

-

-

-

22

22

Amounts due to customers

383,857

42,129

24,664

8,813

3,721

463,184

460,722

Loans and advances received

31

213

603

243

-

1,090

1,059

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

1,542

3,067

6,943

16,302

4,380

32,234

29,580

Subordinated liabilities

-

85

302

3,847

4,532

8,766

6,309

Lease liabilities

27

52

201

657

239

1,176

1,143

Other financial liabilities

3,072

-

-

-

-

3,072

3,070

Total

391,972

45,546

32,744

29,862

12,872

512,996

505,355

Off-balance sheet liabilities:

financing granted

8,752

4,803

38,620

24,285

20,216

96,676

-

guarantees granted

13,474

-

-

-

-

13,474

-

 

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due to Central bank

11

-

-

-

-

11

11

Amounts due to banks

2,375

-

-

-

-

2,375

2,373

Amounts due to customers

347,658

35,432

24,859

8,764

6,529

423,242

419,778

Loans and advances received

341

-

176

751

-

1,268

1,268

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

1,705

1,739

4,768

16,528

-

24,740

23,457

Subordinated liabilities

-

100

217

5,057

-

5,374

4,291

Lease liabilities

25

47

190

625

308

1,195

1,145

Other financial liabilities

3,082

-

-

-

-

3,082

3,082

Total

 355,197

37,318

30,210

31,725

6,837

 461,287

 455,405

Off-balance sheet liabilities:

financing granted

18,078

5,711

30,553

24,802

11,902

91,046

-

guarantees granted

12,098

-

-

-

-

12,098

-

 

        Contractual cash flows from liabilities in respect of derivative financial instruments for which the valuation as at the balance sheet date was negative (a liability) and which are settled on a gross basis

 

Up to 1 month (inclusive)

1 to 3 months (inclusive)

More than 3 months up to 1 year (inclusive)

More than 1 year up to 5 years (inclusive)

More than 5 years

Contractual amount

31.12.2025

outflows (principal and interest)

(15,072)

(5,814)

(10,181)

(19,317)

(2,200)

(52,584)

inflows (principal and interest)

14,909

5,546

9,639

18,250

2,149

50,493

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

outflows (principal and interest)

(12,195)

(8,032)

(7,690)

(6,338)

(1)

(34,256)

inflows (principal and interest)

11,923

5,706

7,292

6,308

-

31,229

        Contractual cash flows from liabilities in respect of derivative financial instruments for which the valuation as at the balance sheet date was negative (a liability) and which are settled on a gross basis

 

Up to 1 month (inclusive)

1 to 3 months (inclusive)

More than 3 months up to 1 year (inclusive)

More than 1 year up to 5 years (inclusive)

More than 5 years

Contractual amount

31.12.2025

IRS

(3)

(75)

(362)

(39)

(90)

(569)

other derivatives: options, FRA, NDF

(144)

(342)

(869)

(723)

(1)

(2,079)

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

IRS

(16)

(21)

(169)

59

(6)

(153)

other derivatives: options, FRA, NDF

(147)

(205)

(952)

(709)

-

(2,013)

           other information - financial liabilities, including past due liabilities

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Financial liabilities, including:

508,806

 458,719

Past due

7

3

57.  Assets pledged as collateral for liabilities and transferred financial assets

           Collateral for mortgage covered bonds of PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A.

The basis for the issue of mortgage covered bonds are loans secured by the highest priority mortgage. Additionally, funds invested in the following may be used:

      securities issued or guaranteed by the NBP, the ECB, governments and central banks of the EU member states and the OECD (excluding countries that are restructuring or have restructured their foreign debt in the past 5 years),

      the National Bank of Poland,

      cash.

The collateral register also includes CIRS and FX-Forward transactions (hedging the currency and interest rate risk of covered bonds in EUR) and IRS transactions (hedging the interest rate risk of fixed-rate covered bonds in PLN).

ASSETS PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL FOR LIABILITIES – ASSETS PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL FOR MORTGAGE COVERED BONDS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

nominal value of loans

15,004

15,292

nominal value of the overcollateralization in the form of securities issued by the State Treasury, denominated in PLN

-

80

           Security for loans received

The loan received to support the financing of investment projects in Ukraine was secured by Ukrainian treasury bonds in the amount of PLN 10 million as at 31 December 2025 and PLN 15 million as at 31 December 2024.

           Collateral for liabilities in respect of derivative instruments

ASSETS PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL FOR LIABILITIES in respect of derivative instruments

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Derivative instruments (Initial Margin agreement)  

Derivative instruments (other agreements)  

Carrying amount of the collateral

1,544

2,018

492

113

Nominal value of the collateral

1,564

2,051

504

123

Type of collateral

Securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Carrying amount of liabilities secured

160

1,846

492

113

           funds securing liabilities in respect of contributions to the Bank Guarantee Fund (BGF)

ASSETS PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL FOR LIABILITIES - Funds securing liabilities in respect of contributions to the Bank Guarantee Fund (BGF)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Value of the contribution made in the form of payables

1,089

928

Nominal value of the assets in which funds corresponding to payables were invested

1,435

1,211

Type of collateral*

treasury bonds

treasury bonds

Maturity of collateral

2026-2031

2026-2031

Carrying amount of the collateral

1,395

1,146

* Securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Since 2017, the value of contributions made in the form of payment commitments has not exceeded 30% of the contributions to the deposit guarantee fund or the resolution fund. These liabilities are secured by treasury bonds pledged for the benefit of the BGF in an amount which ensures that the ratio of the collateral value to the amount of liabilities is maintained at a level of at least 110%.

           legal limitations relating to the Group’s title

In 2025 and 2024, there were no intangible assets or property, plant and equipment to which the Group’s legal title was restricted or which were pledged as collateral for liabilities.

58.  Management of insurance and financial risks in the group's insurance business

The Group applies risk management programs including asset-liability matching (ALM) processes, hedging programs (mainly using derivative instruments) and insurance programs (quota share, excess of loss, stop loss reinsurance). The programs operate in all countries in which the Group is present and form an integral part of the risk management framework. In insurance companies, the objective of managing risk within the accepted tolerance level is:

        ensuring the financial stability and liquidity;

        protect shareholder value;

        the provision of benefits and claims to customers,

        support of the company's effective business.

        Insurance risk

The Group manages insurance risk by providing appropriate information about the risk and applying methods that mitigate its impact on the financial result. The portfolio comprises Category I (life insurance) and Category II (personal and non-life insurance) agreements. The key risks are:

        mortality risk;

        risk of loss (natural catastrophes, traffic events, financial risks),

        lapse, cost and inflation risk.

An unfavorable materialization of risks may reduce the financial result, which is why the following are applied, among other things:

        risk diversification (by product and geography),

        prudent risk selection,

        profitability monitoring and dynamic tariff management,

        outward and non-proportional reinsurance (mitigation of concentration risk, e.g. catastrophes, pandemics).

Discrepancies between projections and actual cash flows are natural, therefore the Group uses statistical methods and up-to-date data to minimize deviations and ensure the adequacy of reserves.

        Financial risk in the insurance business

Liquidity risk - relates to the inability to settle liabilities in a timely manner, mainly due to insufficient liquidity of assets. It is mitigated by maintaining a buffer of liquid funds, planning needs and matching the investment structure with the maturity of liabilities.

Credit risk - includes the risk of reinsurer bankruptcy and non-payment of premiums by policyholders. Mitigation: diversification of reinsurers, selection of entities with high credit ratings, termination of the agreement in the event of non-payment. No significant concentration risk.

Currency risk - insignificant due to settlements mainly in PLN; exposure relates to motor and travel claims outside Poland. Additionally mitigated by reinsurance.

Interest rate risk - insignificant, as benefit payouts are independent of interest rates. Changes in rates affect the measurement of assets and liabilities, but the effect does not impact the financial result thanks to presentation in other comprehensive income.

Share price risk - insignificant, because liabilities dependent on the measurement of the investment portfolio are fully secured with appropriate assets.

        Capital requirements of insurance companies

The management boards of the Group's insurance companies monitor capital requirements and are subject to direct supervision by local regulatory authorities. In accordance with the Solvency II regime, the companies must maintain excess own funds over the Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR), which ensures their ability to meet their obligations over the next 12 months at a 99.5% confidence level.

A breach of the SCR requirement results in supervisory intervention and corrective actions. The PFSA monitors capital adequacy through solvency ratios and cyclical reporting. The Group's insurance companies comply with all regulatory requirements, including capital requirements.

Insurance and financial risks in insurance business - financial information

Maturity analysis for portfolios of insurance contracts (liabilities) and portfolios of reinsurance contracts held (assets)

< 1 year

1-2 years

2-3 years

3-4 years

4-5 years

> 5 years

Total

2025

1,113

274

132

85

54

257

1,915

Insurance contracts

1,058

257

125

81

53

253

1,827

Reinsurance contracts

55

17

7

4

1

4

88

2024

1,480

530

173

84

53

234

2,554

Insurance Contracts

1,405

515

166

80

51

232

2,449

Reinsurance contracts

75

15

7

4

2

2

105

 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AT THE GROUP

59.  Capital adequacy

Capital adequacy means the Group's ability to cover the risk associated with its business activities with its capital, whose level and structure are compliant with supervisory requirements, risk tolerance and the adopted time horizon.

Adequacy management comprises compliance with regulations, capital planning, determining capital targets, measuring internal capital, setting thresholds, monitoring own funds, balance sheet management, stress tests, and emergency measures.

Capital adequacy measures include:

        total capital ratio (TCR);

        the ratio of own funds to internal capital;

        Tier 1 core capital ratio (CET1);

        Tier 1 capital ratio (T1);

        leverage ratio;

        MREL ratio - TREA;

        MREL ratio - TEM.

The objective of monitoring is to assess compliance with supervisory standards and to identify situations requiring corrective actions.

The Group's capital adequacy management is described in detail in the Report on capital adequacy and other information subject to publication by the PKO Bank Polski S.A. Group”.

Minimum levels of the capital ratios maintained by the Group in accordance with Article 92 of the CRR are as follows:

total capital ratio (TCR)

8%

Tier 1 capital ratio (T1)

6%

Tier 1 core capital ratio (CET1)

4.5%

Obligation to maintain a combined buffer above the minimum amounts specified in Art. 92 of the CRR, representing the sum of the applicable buffers

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Total:

5.5%

4.55%

conservation buffer

2.5%

2.5%

Countercyclical buffer

1%

0.05%

due to identifying the Bank as another systemically important institution (“O-SII”)1

2%

2%

Combined minimum capital adequacy ratio together with the combined buffer requirement

13.5%

12.55%

1 The buffer represents a share of total risk exposure amount calculated in accordance with the CRR. On 11 December 2024, an announcement was published by the PFSA on the review of the adequacy of the Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer ratio, according to which the O-SII buffer amount for individual banks was maintained at the level resulting from the previous review conducted in 2023.

 

Capital adequacy

31.12.2025

31.12.2024 (restated)

31.12.2024 (published)

Equity

58,503

52,370

52,370

capital: share capital, supplementary capital, other reserves, and general risk reserve

36,625

34,068

34,068

retained earnings

11,221

11,324

11,324

net profit or loss for the year

10,682

9,304

9,304

other comprehensive income and non-controlling interests

(25)

(2,326)

(2,326)

Exclusions from equity:

10,732

8,072

8,072

deconsolidation - adjustments due to prudential consolidation

(75)

(89)

(89)

net profit or loss for the period (prudential consolidation)

10,667

9,285

9,285

cash flow hedges

140

(1,124)

(1,124)

Other own fund reductions:

2,928

2,968

2,973

goodwill

961

961

961

other intangible assets

1,564

1,657

1,657

securitization items

11

-

-

 additional asset adjustments (AVA, DVA, NPE, exceedance of the thresholds set out in Article 48 CRR)1

392

350

355

Provisional treatment of unrealized gains and losses on securities measured at fair value through OCI according to Art. 468 of the CRR

 

(378)

821

821

Temporary reversal of IFRS 9 impact2

-

638

810

Current period profit/loss, included by permission from the PFSA/after approval of profit distribution by AGM3

1,158

2,300

1,299

Tier 1

45,623

45,089

44,255

Tier 2 capital (subordinated debt)

4,499

3,039

3,039

Own funds

50,122

48,128

47,294

Requirements for own funds

23,443

20,223

20,362

Credit risk4

19,996

17,403

17,542

Operational risk5

3,321

2,672

2,672

Market risk

60

115

115

Credit valuation adjustment risk

66

33

33

Total capital ratio

17.10

19.04

18.58

Tier 1 capital ratio

15.57

17.84

17.39

1 AVA – additional valuation adjustment, DVA – debt valuation adjustment, NPE – non-performing exposures adjustment.

2 The temporary reversal of the IFRS 9 impact on own funds was applicable until the end of 2024.

3   The amount of PLN 1,299 million relates to the portion of the profit for 2024 included in own funds with the approval of the PFSA, and the amount of PLN 2,300 million relates to the amount of the profit for 2024 following approval of the profit distribution by the AGM. In line with the European Banking Authority's (EBA) guidance on when to recognise annual and interim profits in capital adequacy data, from the point at which the institution formally meets the criteria to include the profit for the period in Tier 1 capital, it is considered that the profit should be included on a retrospective date (the date of the profit rather than the date the criterion is met) and an adjustment to own funds should be made to the date to which the profit relates. Consequently, the value of the credit risk requirement has also been recalculated, as the date on which the profit is included in own funds is also the date on which the specific credit risk adjustments (SCRA) included in the requirement are calculated. The date on which the profit is included also necessitates a recalculation of the NPE adjustment and a transitional reversal of the effect of IFRS9. The amount of PLN 1,158 million relates to the portion of the profit for 2025 included in own funds with the approval of the PFSA.

4  In 2025, the requirement for own funds in respect of credit risk increased, which was driven mainly by the growth in the Group's loan portfolio.

5  In 2025, the capital requirement related to operational risk increased due to the new CRR3 regulations. The Bank discontinued the use of the AMA approach, which had allowed it to take into account its individual risk profile.

For the purposes of capital adequacy, the Group uses prudential consolidation in accordance with the CRR Regulation, covering only entities meeting the definition of an institution, financial institution or ancillary services enterprise. Entities with assets and off-balance sheet items of less than EUR 10 million may be excluded (Art. 19(1) of the CRR). The remaining entities are measured using the equity method.

Prudential consolidation includes, among others: PKO Bank Polski S.A., PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A., the PKO Leasing S.A. Group, PKO BP BANKOWY PTE S.A., PKO Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A., the KREDOBANK S.A. Group, PKO Finance AB, PKO BP Finat sp. z o.o., the Bankowe Towarzystwo Kapitałowe S.A. Group. Non-financial and insurance entities are excluded.

The minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) in % determined by the BGF

31.12.2025

31.12.2024 restated

31.12.2024 published

MREL (TREA) ratio

17.78%

20.05%

19.56%

MREL (TREA) ratio without restrictions1

23.38%

24.74%

24.25%

MREL (TREA) – subordinated

16.68%

18.74%

18.26%

subordinated MREL (TREA) ratio (without restrictions)1

22.28%

23.43%

22.95%

MREL (TEM)

10.76%

10.97%

10.80%

MREL (TEM) subordinated

10.25%

10.39%

10.23%

Minimum MREL level

31.12.2025

31.12.2024 restated

31.12.2024 published

MREL (TREA)

15.36%

15.36%

15.36%

MREL (TREA) – subordinated

13.53%

13.90%

13.90%

MREL (TEM) 

5.91%

5.91%

5.91%

MREL (TEM) – subordinated

5.50%

5.62%

5.62%

1 without deduction of Common Equity Tier 1 instruments held by the entity to meet the combined buffer requirement

For the purpose of calculating the ratios, MREL prudential consolidation is applied, which covers exclusively entities meeting the definition of an institution, financial institution or ancillary services enterprise, excluding PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A. (included only for the calculation of MREL own funds) and the KREDOBANK S.A. Group.

The capital adequacy measures of the Group in 2025 and 2024 remained at a safe level, well above the supervisory requirements. The minimum capital requirements were satisfied over the entire period.

Details regarding internal capital (Pillar II), disclosures (Pillar III) and publication rules are provided in the "PKO Bank Polski S.A. Information Policy" available on the Bank's website (www.pkobp.pl).

60.  Dividends and distribution of retained earnings

In accordance with the decision of 13 June 2025 of the Annual General Meeting on distribution of profit for 2024:

        PLN 6,850 million was allocated for distribution among shareholders (the gross dividend per share was PLN 5.48 and was paid on 14 August 2025)

        PLN 2,300 million was transferred to the reserve capital for the payment of dividend, including interim dividend in accordance with § 30 of the Bank's Articles of Association.

The AGM passed a resolution to leave the Bank's retained earnings undistributed.

The dividend policy and the PFSA's recommendations regarding the distribution of dividends in 2026 are described in detail in note 7.3 "Dividend and profit distribution" of the Directors’ Report.

OTHER NOTES

61. Segment reporting

Significant accounting policies:

The segment note is based on the internal reporting system, i.e. information provided to the Bank's Management Board in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The principles for identifying income, expenses, assets and liabilities are consistent with the accounting policies described in the financial statements. The presented amounts relate to operating assets and liabilities of the segments and items allocated on a reasonable basis, including one-off events (e.g. impairment losses, cost of legal risk of the foreign currency loan portfolio).

Tax items (income tax, deferred tax assets and liabilities) are recognized at the Group level as unallocated assets and liabilities. Transactions between segments are settled on an arm's length basis, applying market rates and liquidity margins.

The division into segments is consistent with the sales management model and includes three main reporting segments, reflecting the organizational structure of the Group.

Retail segment

The segment offers a full range of services to individuals as part of retail, private and mortgage banking, and to legal entities as part of corporate banking.

The products and services offered include, among other things: current accounts, savings accounts, term deposits, private banking services, investment and insurance products, investment funds, credit and debit cards, electronic and mobile banking services. With regard to financing, this segment offers consumer loans, mortgage loans, including those offered by PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A., as well as Corporate loans for businesses, developers, cooperatives and property managers, and leases and factoring offered by the PKO Leasing S.A. Group.

The results of the segment also include the results of: PKO TFI S.A., PKO BP BANKOWY PTE S.A., PKO Życie Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A. and PKO Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A.

Corporate and investment segment

The segment comprises transactions with corporate customers, state budget entities, enterprises (currently small corporate customers) and financial institutions.

Products and services offered: maintaining current accounts and term deposits, cash management and trade finance services, currency and derivative products, corporate loans, as well as leases and factoring offered by the PKO Leasing S.A. Group. It also includes agreements for financing large projects concluded independently or in a consortium in the form of loans and issues of non-treasury securities. The segment carries out its own activities related to liquidity, currency and derivative risk management and brokerage activities. The results of the segment also include the results of the KREDOBANK S.A. Group.

Transfer center and other

The segment comprises the result on internal settlements related to funds transfer pricing, the result on the Group’s investment portfolio of debt securities, the result on long-term sources of financing and the result on positions classified for hedge accounting, as well as the results not allocated to any other segment. Internal funds transfer is based on arm’s length transfer pricing. Long-term external financing includes issuing securities, including mortgage covered bonds, subordinated liabilities and loans received from financial institutions.

This segment includes the results of PKO Finance AB, companies conducting technological services, real estate development and real estate management activities as well as funds investing money collected from investment fund participants.

 

financial information

Income statement by segment

Continuing operations

Retail segment

Corporate and investment segment

Transfer center and other

Total operations of the Group

2025

Net interest income

18,215

7,081

(1,073)

24,223

Net fee and commission income

3,976

1,363

(96)

5,243

Net other income

410

221

246

877

Net income from insurance business

603

13

-

616

Dividend income

-

-

14

14

Gains/(losses) on financial transactions

36

101

105

242

Net foreign exchange gains/(losses)

211

113

(57)

267

Gains/(losses) on derecognition of financial instruments

13

14

24

51

Net other operating income and expense

(463)

(10)

160

(313)

Income/(expenses) relating to internal customers

10

(10)

-

-

Result on business activities

22,601

8,665

(923)

30,343

Net allowances for expected credit losses

(510)

(384)

-

(894)

Impairment of non-financial assets

(313)

(5)

(255)

(573)

Cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies

(4,365)

-

-

(4,365)

Administrative expenses, of which:

(7,579)

(1,672)

(188)

(9,439)

Depreciation and amortization

(1,039)

(189)

(10)

(1,238)

    net regulatory charges

(468)

(205)

(40)

(713)

Tax on certain financial institutions

(949)

(600)

200

(1,349)

Segment profit/(loss)

8,885

6,004

(1,166)

13,723

Share in profits and losses of associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

125

Profit before tax

 

 

 

13,848

Income tax expense (tax burden)

 

 

 

(3,166)

Net profit (including non-controlling shareholders)

 

 

 

10,682

Net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company

 

 

 

10,682

 

Income statement by segment

Continuing operations

Retail segment

Corporate and investment segment

Transfer center and other

Total operations of the Group

2024

Net interest income

16,812

6,756

(1,415)

22,153

Net fee and commission income

3,887

1,325

(92)

5,120

Net other income

1,031

307

125

1,463

Net income from insurance business

652

17

-

669

Dividend income

-

-

26

26

Gains/(losses) on financial transactions

51

170

41

262

Net foreign exchange gains/(losses)

210

92

(93)

209

Gains/(losses) on derecognition of financial instruments

56

45

23

124

Net other operating income and expense

47

(2)

128

173

Income/(expenses) relating to internal customers

15

(15)

-

-

Result on business activities

21,730

8,388

(1,382)

28,736

Net allowances for expected credit losses

(550)

(416)

-

(966)

Impairment of non-financial assets

(354)

(5)

(150)

(509)

Cost of legal risk of mortgage loans in convertible currencies

(4,899)

-

-

(4,899)

Administrative expenses, of which:

(6,864)

(1,476)

(147)

(8,487)

Depreciation and amortization

(1,004)

(175)

(12)

(1,191)

net regulatory charges

(223)

(188)

(11)

(422)

Tax on certain financial institutions

(848)

(513)

91

(1,270)

Segment profit/(loss)

8,215

5,978

(1,588)

12,605

Share in profits and losses of associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

123

Profit before tax

 

 

 

12,728

Income tax expense (tax burden)

 

 

 

(3,424)

Net profit (including non-controlling shareholders)

 

 

 

9,304

Net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company

 

 

 

9,304

 

INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME BY SEGMENT ON:

2025

Retail segment

Corporate and investment segment

Transfer center and other

Total

Loans and other amounts due from banks and the Central Bank

11

501

728

1,240

Debt securities

139

4,421

5,385

9,945

Loans and advances to customers (excluding finance lease receivables)

15,447

5,034

-

20,481

repo transactions

-

62

-

62

Finance lease receivables

969

578

-

1,547

Total

16,566

10,596

6,113

33,275

 

INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME BY SEGMENT ON:

2024

Retail segment

Corporate and investment segment

Transfer center and other

Total

Loans and other amounts due from banks and the Central Bank

5

715

761

1,481

Debt securities

173

4,595

3,727

8,495

Loans and advances to customers (excluding finance lease receivables)

15,307

5,250

-

20,557

repo transactions

-

21

-

21

Finance lease receivables

1,002

583

-

1,585

Total

16,487

11,164

4,488

32,139

 

FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME BY SEGMENT ON:

2025

 

 

 

Retail segment

Corporate and investment segment

Transfer center and other

Total

Loans, insurance, operating leases and fleet management

746

553

10

1,309

Investment funds, pension funds and brokerage activities

944

154

-

1,098

Cards

2,238

49

-

2,287

Margins on foreign exchange transactions

646

279

-

925

Bank accounts and other

1,000

450

-

1,450

Total

5,574

1,485

10

7,069

 

FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME BY SEGMENT ON:

2024

 

 

 

Retail segment

Corporate and investment segment

Transfer center and other

Total

Loans, insurance, operating leases and fleet management

716

568

11

1,295

Investment funds, pension funds and brokerage activities

846

146

-

992

Cards

2,148

65

-

2,213

Margins on foreign exchange transactions

584

271

-

855

Bank accounts and other

1,023

409

-

1,432

Total

5,317

1,459

11

6,787

 

Assets and liabilities by segment

Retail segment

Corporate and investment segment

Transfer center and other

Total operations of the Group

31.12.2025

Assets

220,322

203,021

156,779

580,122

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

325

Unallocated assets

 

 

 

2,632

Total assets

 

 

 

583,079

Liabilities

381,240

102,656

38,835

522,731

Unallocated liabilities

 

 

 

1,845

Total liabilities

 

 

 

524,576

 

Assets and liabilities by segment

Retail segment

Corporate and investment segment

Transfer center and other

Total operations of the Group

31.12.2024

Assets

199,746

191,439

130,687

521,872

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

291

Unallocated assets

 

 

 

3,062

Total assets

 

 

 

525,225

Liabilities

347,061

90,882

33,204

471,147

Unallocated liabilities

 

 

 

1,708

Total liabilities

 

 

 

472,855

The Group also conducts activities in Ukraine. The assets and net profit of Ukrainian subsidiaries account for approximately 1% of the Group's assets and profit.

62.  Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement

Significant accounting policies:

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, cash on nostro accounts with the NBP, current amounts due from banks, excluding NBU deposit certificates, and other cash equivalents with maturities up to 3 months from the date of acquisition.

Financial information

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Cash, current account with the Central Bank

 21,919

23,494

Current amounts due from banks

 2,051

  3,795

Restricted cash and cash equivalents*

 1

5

Total

 23,971

  27,294

*cash paid in by participants in IKE, IKZE, PPE and PSO, which was not converted by the transfer agent into investment fund participation units at the end of the reporting period (item "Amounts due from banks").

INTEREST INCOME ON:

2025

2024

reported under operating activities

25,389

24,723

Loans and other amounts due from banks and balances with the Central Bank

1,521

2,198

Debt securities

48

48

Loans and advances to customers

22,179

20,852

Lease receivables

1,581

1,605

Reverse repo transactions

60

20

reported under investing activities

8,593

7,539

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

4,415

4,695

Debt securities measured at amortized cost

4,178

2,844

Total

33,982

32,262

 

INTEREST EXPENSES – PAID:

2025

2024

reported under operating activities

(7,814)

(10,614)

Amounts due to banks

 (92)

(73)

Amounts due to customers

 (6,006)

(7,525)

Leases

 (52)

(37)

Hedging derivatives

 (1,451)

(2,202)

Debt securities

(202)

(764)

Reverse repo transactions

(11)

(13)

reported under financing activities

(1,588)

(1,044)

Subordinated liabilities

(316)

(209)

Issues of securities

(1,236)

(835)

Loans and advances received

(36)

-

Total

(9,402)

(11,658)

 

           Reconciliation of items presented in the consolidated statements of financial position with financing activities in the consolidated cash flow statement

2025

As at the beginning of the period

Financing activities:

Operating activities: (including: interest accrued, foreign exchange differences and other)

As at the end of the period

Incurred

Repaid

Repayment of interest on financial liabilities

Loans and advances received

1,268

-

(191)

(36)

18

1,059

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

23,457

26,256

(20,236)

(1,236)

1,339

29,580

Subordinated liabilities - subordinated bonds

4,291

2,000

-

(316)

334

6,309

Lease liabilities

1,145

-

(279)

-

277

1,143

Total

30,161

28,256

(20,706)

(1,588)

1,968

38,091

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances received

1,489

-

(192)

-

(29)

1,268

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

17,201

23,892

(17,892)

(835)

1,091

23,457

Subordinated liabilities - subordinated bonds

2,774

1,500

-

(209)

226

4,291

Lease liabilities

1,088

-

(286)

-

343

1,145

Total

22,552

25,392

(18,370)

(1,044)

1,631

30,161

 

OTHER INFLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES INCLUDING DIVIDENDS

2025

2024

from financial assets held for trading

1

2

from financial instruments not held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss

12

13

Sale of shares in VISA and BOŚ reported under investing activities (other inflows from investing activities)

36

48

Total

49

63

 

63.  Transactions with the State Treasury and related entities

           Transactions with the State Treasury

The State Treasury holds a 29.43% interest in the Bank’s share capital.

Pursuant to the Act of 30 November 1995 on the state support in repayment of certain housing loans, reimbursement of guarantee bonuses paid, and amendments to certain Acts, PKO Bank Polski S.A. receives payments from the State budget as the repurchase of interest receivable on housing loans.

TRANSACTIONS WITH THE STATE TREASURY

2025

2024

Income recognized on an accruals basis

65

64

Income recognized on a cash basis

3

7

Income from temporary redemption by the State Treasury of interest on housing loans in the “old portfolio”

 62

57

Biuro Maklerskie PKO BP plays the role of an agent for the issue of retail Treasury bonds under the agreement signed with the Ministry of Finance on 11 February 2003. Under this agreement, Biuro Maklerskie PKO BP receives a fee for providing the services of an agent for the issue of bonds – in 2025 in the amount of PLN 257 million, and in 2024 in the amount of PLN 332 million.

        Significant transactions with the State Treasury’s related entities

The table presents the Group's exposure and liabilities to 10 entities related to the State Treasury with the highest total exposure.

SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS WITH THE STATE TREASURY’S RELATED ENTITIES*

BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE, INCLUDING EXPOSURE TO LOANS AND DEBT INSTRUMENTS

OFF-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE

LIABILITIES IN RESPECT OF DEPOSITS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Counterparty 1

-

-

3,150

3,150

2,106

2,735

Counterparty 2

469

517

2,290

1,920

366

357

Counterparty 3

603

226

2,503

2,968

1

1

Counterparty 4

556

871

2,112

1,884

126

95

Counterparty 5

-

-

1,502

1,501

868

365

Counterparty 6

689

823

1,493

1,465

1

-

Counterparty 7

1,571

1,627

204

163

69

197

Counterparty 8

120

229

1,522

2,471

141

180

Counterparty 9

1,716

13,677

31

31

28

532

Counterparty 10

907

1,006

531

419

-

-

* The presented amounts relate to the parent company of the Group.

 

2025

2024

Interest and commission income

379

506

Interest and commission expense

95

82

As at 31 December 2025, the allowance for expected credit losses for the above exposures amounted to PLN 790 million (as at 31 December 2024 it amounted to PLN 574 million).

In the opinion of the Group, transactions with entities related to the State Treasury are concluded on an arm’s-length basis.

        Related-entity transactions – capital links

The transactions were concluded on an arm’s-length basis. Repayment terms are within a range of from one month to fifteen years.

Associates and joint ventures

Receivables

of which loans

Liabilities

Off-balance sheet liabilities granted

31.12.2025

144

33

340

133

31.12.2024

147

85

195

446

 

Associates and joint ventures

Total income

of which interest and commission income

Total expense

of which interest and commission expense

2025

977

935

203

175

2024

965

900

245

191

 

        Related-party transactions – personal links

As at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024, seven entities remained related to the Group through the key management personnel or their close family members. In 2025-2024, no transactions were conducted between the Group and those entities.

64.  Benefits for the PKO Bank Polski S.A. key management

Significant accounting policies:

The members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board of the Bank are considered to be the Bank's key management personnel.

Short-term employee benefits include the basic salary and the non-deferred part of the variable remuneration component paid in cash, and long-term benefits include the deferred part of the variable remuneration component paid in cash. Share-based payments settled in cash include non-deferred and deferred variable remuneration components granted in the form of phantom shares, converted into cash after an additional period of retention, in accordance with the principles described below.

        Variable remuneration components of key management personnel in the Bank’s Group

Variable remuneration components are granted at the Bank in two parts:

        non-deferred – in the first year after the appraisal period,

        deferred – for the next five years.

Both parts are divided into a cash form (45%) and an instrument (55%) – phantom shares, which are converted into cash after a retention period. The conversion is carried out according to the median of the daily average prices of the Bank’s shares (Volume Weighted Average Price) for the first quarter of the relevant year, based on data from Thomson Reuters or Bloomberg.

The deferred remuneration may be reduced in the event of a deterioration in the financial performance of the Bank, a loss or other negative factors revealed after the appraisal period.

Variable remuneration components also apply in selected Group companies, including PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A., PKO BP BANKOWY PTE S.A., PKO TFI S.A., PKO Leasing S.A., Prime Car Management S.A., PKO Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A., PKO Życie Towarzystwo Ubezpieczeń S.A., KREDOBANK S.A. and PKO Faktoring S.A. In some companies, the policies also cover employees in managerial positions having a significant impact on the risk profile of the company or the managed funds.

For a more extensive description, see chapter BENEFITS FOR MANAGERS AND SUPERVISORS of the Directors’ Report.

Financial information

COST OF REMUNERATION OF THE BANK’S MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISORY BOARDS (in PLN thousand)

2025

2024

Management Board of the Bank

 

 

Short-term employee benefits

15,769

 12,550

Long-term employee benefits

2,255

 2,488

Share-based payments settled in cash1

6,891

 9,736

Benefits to the Bank’s Management Board members who ceased to perform their functions before the reporting date

-

 5,155

Total

24,915

29,929

Supervisory Board of the Bank - Short-term employee benefits

2,003

 1,990

Total

2,003

1,990

1 The item “Share-based payments settled in cash” includes both the cost of provisions for variable remuneration components in the form of an instrument for the current period, as well as the effect of revaluation of provisions for variable remuneration components in the form of an instrument for previous years based on the current price of the Bank's shares.

COSTS OF REMUNERATION OF THE SUBSIDIARIES’ MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISORY BOARDS (in PLN thousand)

2025

2024

Management Boards of the Companies

 

 

Short-term employee benefits

26,865

27,335

Long-term employee benefits

5,714

4,528

Financial instruments-based payments settled in cash

9,480

6,905

Benefits to members of the Companies’ Management Boards who ceased to perform their functions before the reporting date

1,609

9,248

Total

43,668

48,016

Supervisory Boards of the Companies - Short-term employee benefits

2,546

2,085

Total

2,546

2,085

LOANS AND ADVANCES GRANTED BY THE BANK TO THE MEMBERS OF THE MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISORY BOARDS AS AT THE REPORTING DATES (in PLN thousand)

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Management Board of the Bank

325

 332

Total

325

332

In accordance with the Banking Law, credit transactions (loans, cash advances, guarantees, sureties) with members of the Management Board, the Supervisory Board, persons holding managerial positions and entities related to them are carried out based on the Regulations adopted by the Supervisory Board. The Regulations specify the rules and decision-making levels, including the requirement for a transaction with a member of the Management Board or the Supervisory Board to be approved by both these bodies.

Members of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board use loan products on standard terms and conditions, without preferential interest rates. The interest rates and repayment terms are consistent with arm's-length conditions.

The Bank provides the key management personnel, members of the Supervisory Board and their families with standard financial services (accounts, deposits, loans) on an arm’s-length basis.

In 2025, members of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board in office as at 31 December received remuneration from related entities in the amount of PLN 255 thousand (in 2024 – PLN 53 thousand).

        variable remuneration components

The provision for variable remuneration components is presented under other liabilities in the item “provision for other employee benefits."

PROVISION FOR VARIABLE REMUNERATION COMPONENTS

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

(for 2021-2025)

(for 2020-2024)

Management Board (including members of the Bank’s Management Board who ceased to perform their functions before the reporting date)

 48

40

Other Risk Takers (persons holding managerial positions other than members of the Bank’s Management Board)

 136

104

Group companies

 50

45

Total provision

 234

189

REMUNERATION PAID DURING THE YEAR

2025

2024

(for 2020-2024)

(for 2019-2023)

 - granted in cash

 26

30

Management Board (including members of the Bank’s Management Board who ceased to perform their functions before the reporting date)

 2

1

Other Risk Takers (persons holding managerial positions other than members of the Bank’s Management Board)

 13

14

Group companies

 11

15

 - granted in the form of an instrument

 24

34

Management Board (including members of the Bank’s Management Board who ceased to perform their functions before the reporting date)

 2

3

Other Risk Takers (persons holding managerial positions other than members of the Bank’s Management Board)

 16

25

    Group companies

 6

6

Total remuneration paid

 50

64

 

65.  Leases

Significant accounting policies:

65.1.                   Leases - Lessor

The Group, as a lessor, concludes agreements relating to vehicles, buildings, including office space, and machinery and equipment, conducting lease activities through the entities from the PKO Leasing S.A. Group.

Income from operating lease agreements, in which substantially all the risks and rewards of owning the assets are not transferred, is recognized on a straight-line basis. Property, plant and equipment under operating leases are presented in the statement of financial position in accordance with the accounting policies for non-current assets. Net income from operating leases is presented in the note “Fee and commission income” (line “operating leases and fleet management”) and comprises lease payments, short-term rentals and net income on fleet management services. Expenses comprise, among other things, mechanical repairs, tires, fuel and replacement vehicles. Income is recognized together with the cost of depreciation of the leased assets.

Finance lease agreements are recognized as receivables at the present value of the lease payments plus the unguaranteed residual value. The payments are divided into interest income and repayment of receivables in a manner ensuring a constant interest rate. In the statement, finance lease agreements are presented in the note “Loans and advances to customers”.

65.2.                   Leases - lessee

The Group classifies agreements as a lease when it obtains the right to use an asset in return for consideration. The Group applies exceptions and does not recognize assets and liabilities for short-term leases (up to 12 months, without a purchase option) and low-value leases (asset value < PLN 20,000), excluding rental of space.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, taking into account fixed payments, index-dependent payments, residual guarantees expected, the exercise price of a purchase option (if the probability > 50%) and penalties for termination. The Group does not include variable lease payments depending on external factors.

After initial recognition, the liability is measured at amortized cost. Any remeasurements of the liability affect the value of the right of use. The excess of the remeasurement after the asset is reduced to zero is recognized as a profit or loss. Liabilities are presented in the note “Other liabilities”, line “Lease liabilities”.

Right-of-use assets are recognized in the note “Property, plant and equipment” and measured at cost comprising the initial amount of the liability, payments made before the commencement of the lease, less incentives, and direct costs. Subsequently, the assets are depreciated using the straight-line method and adjusted for impairment and modifications to the liability.

To discount the lease payments, the Group applies rates based on yield curves, reflecting the cost of financing in a given currency and the tenor of the agreement (1–99 years). The rates are updated quarterly and applied to the portfolio of car and real estate lease agreements, taking into account the collateral. The rates ensure that the present value of the lease payments and the unguaranteed residual value correspond to the fair value of the assets plus initial costs.

Payments for short-term and low-value leases are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and the differences are accounted for as prepayments or accruals (“Administrative expenses”).

Financial information

65.3.                   Lessee

LESSEE - LEASE AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE INCOME STATEMENT

2025

2024

Costs related to short-term lease contracts

(17)

(17)

Costs related to lease contracts for low-value assets (other than short-term), non-deductible VAT expenses and service charges

(102)

(94)

Total

(119)

(111)

The interest expense on the lease liability is recognized under “Interest expense”, line item “leases”.  Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets is recognized under “Administrative expenses”, line item “Amortization and depreciation”. A maturity analysis of lease liabilities separate from the maturity analyses of other financial liabilities is presented in note Contractual cash flows from the Group’s financial liabilities, including derivative financial instruments”, Section “Contractual cash flows from the financial liabilities, excluding derivative financial instruments”.

Land and buildings account for 97% of tangible right-of-use assets.

NON-CURRENT right-of-use assets

2025

2024

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

2,413

2,115

     Increases

230

315

 Scrapping and sale

(14)

(18)

 Other

7

1

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

2,636

2,413

Accumulated amortization as at the beginning of the period

(1,305)

(1,053)

 Amortization charge for the period

(255)

(264)

 Scrapping and sale

10

(1)

 Other

(2)

13

Accumulated amortization as at the end of the period 

(1,552)

(1,305)

Impairment losses as at the beginning of the period

(4)

(4)

Reversed during the period

1

-

Impairment losses as at the end of the period

(4)

(4)

 Carrying amount as at the beginning of the period, net

1,104

1,058

 Carrying amount as at the end of the period, net

1,080

1,104

 

65.4.                   Lessor – Operating leases

Vehicles account for 97% of property, plant and equipment under operating leases.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT UNDER OPERATING LEASES

2025

2024

Gross carrying amount at the beginning of the period

3,313

2,688

 Increases

1,350

1,379

 Scrapping and sale

(796)

(713)

 Other

1

(41)

Gross carrying amount at the end of the period

3,868

3,313

Accumulated amortization as at the beginning of the period

(650)

(568)

 Amortization charge for the period 

(403)

(340)

 Scrapping and sale

283

250

 Other

14

8

Accumulated amortization as at the end of the period 

(756)

(650)

Impairment losses as at the beginning of the period

(10)

(3)

 Recognized during the period

-

(7)

Impairment losses as at the end of the period

(10)

(10)

Carrying amount as at the beginning of the period, net

2,653

2,117

Carrying amount as at the end of the period, net

3,102

2,653

 

TOTAL FUTURE LEASE PAYMENTS UNDER IRREVOCABLE OPERATING LEASES – LESSOR

31.12.2025

31.12.2024

For the period:

 

 

up to 1 year

500

467

from 1 to 2 years

331

295

from 2 to 3 years

165

152

from 3 to 4 years

52

48

from 4 to 5 years

11

9

Total

1,059

971

The average period of an operating lease agreement is 38 months. The lessee bears service and insurance costs.

65.5.                   Lessor – Finance leases

Information on credit risk exposure is provided in the note “Credit risk – financial information”.

GROSS INVESTMENT IN THE LEASE AND MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS RECEIVABLE

31.12.2025

Gross investment in the lease

including:

Unrealized income

Net investment in the lease

Non-discounted lease payments

Non-discounted not guaranteed residual values attributable to the lessor

Lease receivables, gross:

24,973

24,790

182

(2,473)

22,499

up to 1 year

9,731

9,675

56

(1,160)

8,571

1 to 2 years

6,776

6,714

62

(702)

6,074

from 2 to 3 years

4,485

4,453

31

(365)

4,119

from 3 to 4 years

2,383

2,362

21

(160)

2,223

from 4 to 5 years

1,099

1,088

11

(55)

1,044

above 5 years

499

498

1

(31)

468

Allowances for expected credit losses

(861)

(861)

-

-

(861)

Total, net

24,112

23,929

182

(2,473)

21,638

 

31.12.2024

 

 

 

 

Lease receivables, gross:

24,121

23,952

169

(2,833)

21,288

up to 1 year

9,398

9,344

54

(1,324)

8,074

1 to 2 years

6,568

6,511

57

(807)

5,761

from 2 to 3 years

4,340

4,309

31

(421)

3,919

from 3 to 4 years

2,335

2,319

16

(185)

2,150

from 4 to 5 years

1,028

1,018

10

(62)

966

above 5 years

452

451

1

(34)

418

Allowances for expected credit losses

(831)

(831)

-

-

(831)

Total, net

23,290

23,121

169

(2,833)

20,457

 

66.  Information on the audit firm authorized to audit the financial statements 

On 15 December 2022, the Supervisory Board, pursuant to § 15 clause 1 point 2 of the Bank’s Articles of Association, selected KPMG Audyt Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością sp.k. (KPMG) as the audit firm to audit and review the financial statements of the Bank and of the Bank’s Group for the years 2024-2026. KPMG Audyt Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością sp.k. with its registered office in Warsaw, ul. Inflancka 4A, is entered in the list of audit firms kept by the Polish Agency for Audit Oversight under number 3546. On 14 February 2024, the Bank concluded an agreement with KPMG for the audit and review of the financial statements of the Bank and the Bank's Group for the years 2024-2026.

Furthermore, on 15 December 2025, the Supervisory Board, pursuant to § 15 clause 1 point 2 of the Bank’s Articles of Association, selected KPMG as the audit firm to audit and review the financial statements of the Bank and of the Bank’s Group for the years 2027-2031.

TOTAL AMOUNT OF NET REMUNERATION DUE TO THE AUDIT FIRM AUDITING THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN RESPECT OF:

(in PLN thousand)

2025

2024

audit of financial statements of the Bank and consolidated financial statements of the Group

2,164

2,089

assurance services, including reviews of the financial statements

2,502

1,963

Total

4,666

4,052

67.  Impact of the geopolitical situation in Ukraine on the PKO Bank Polski S.A. Group

The armed aggression of the Russian Federation against Ukraine continues to have a negative impact on the Ukrainian financial system and banking sector. At the same time, the gradual adaptation of enterprises and households to war conditions, the partial resolution of logistical problems, high crop yields and significant public spending on infrastructure reconstruction and defense have contributed to a revival of economic activity. As a result, economic growth continued in 2025.

In 2025, Ukraine's economy showed resilience to the effects of warfare, although the pace of GDP growth slowed compared to 2024. The National Bank of Ukraine (NBU) estimates that GDP grew by 1.9% compared to 2.9% in 2024. In the third quarter of 2025, growth accelerated to 2.1% y/y, supported mainly by higher public spending. Consumption remained a key driver of growth, supported by improved consumer sentiment and rising real wages. Barriers to growth included, among other things, Russian missile attacks leading to disruptions in energy supplies, and labor shortages resulting from military mobilization and emigration. At the same time, labor market indicators pointed to a partial reduction of this barrier in the second half of 2025.

The disinflation process proceeded faster than previously assumed by the NBU. CPI inflation decreased from 12.0% y/y in December 2024 to 8.0% y/y at the end of 2025. Its decline was driven by higher agricultural harvests, cheaper imports of industrial goods and lower services inflation resulting from the reduction of imbalances in the labor market. Since March 2025, the NBU has kept its key policy rate at 15.5% in an effort to stabilize inflation and ensure balance in the currency and financial markets.

Despite the ongoing armed conflict, KREDOBANK S.A.'s liquidity situation remained stable and safe. The Bank did not record any material declines in liquidity measures or deposit outflows, and its capital adequacy ratios as at 31 December 2025 remained significantly above the regulatory requirements.

Detailed information regarding the situation on the Ukrainian market is presented in note 2.5 “Ukrainian Market” of the Directors' Report.

As at 31 December 2025, the Group updated the analysis of the business loans portfolio of its Polish customers from the perspective of the customers’ exposure to the adverse effects of the military conflict in Ukraine. If we adopt a threshold of at least 5% of the turnover generated from transactions with counterparties from Russia, Belarus or Ukraine, the risk-exposed portfolio amounts to PLN 2.9 billion (PLN 1.7 billion as at 31 December 2024). For the purpose of the measurement of credit exposures, the Group considered the information on the scale of the Polish customers’ business relations with counterparties from Ukraine, Belarus and Russia, and performed an assessment of various scenarios of development of the macroeconomic situation.

The exposures of these customers were classified to Stage 2 and were subject to the valuation of expected credit losses throughout their lifetime. If the probability of a customer not repaying its loan liabilities was assessed as high, the exposures were reclassified to Stage 3. Retail exposures granted to Russian, Belarusian or Ukrainian nationals, which as at 31 December 2025 amounted to PLN 132 million (PLN 140 million as at 31 December 2024), were reclassified by the Group into Stage 2 and their credit risk was measured over the life of these loans

As at 31 December 2025, the allowance for expected credit losses for the above portfolios amounted to PLN 44 million (PLN 78 million as at 31 December 2024).

68.  Interest rate benchmarks reform

The BMR Regulation (EU 2016/1011) is in force in the European Union, which regulates the development and use of benchmarks in financial instruments and contracts.

WIBOR benchmark reform

The Act of 7 July 2022 initiated the process of replacing WIBOR. The National Working Group on Benchmark Reform (NWG), with the participation of public institutions and the financial sector, coordinates the work under the supervision of the Steering Committee (SC).

        2022 – selection of WIRON as an alternative benchmark, adoption of the Roadmap.

        2023 – WIRON recognized as an interest rate benchmark.

        2024 – the SC commenced a review of RFR-type benchmarks; following consultations, WIRF (based on unsecured deposits) was selected as the ultimate benchmark. The administrator will be GPW Benchmark S.A. The reform is scheduled to be completed by the end of 2027. WIRF will become a critical benchmark in financial contracts, instruments and funds.

        January 2025 – the SC decided to select the ultimate name POLSTR (Polish Short Term Rate) for the proposed index, as the ultimate interest rate benchmark to replace the WIBOR benchmark.

        March 2025 - the SC approved the updated Roadmap for the process of replacing the WIBOR and WIBID benchmarks. The reform is scheduled to be completed by the end of 2027.

        June 2025 - official determination of the POLSTR Interest Rate Index and indices from the POLSTR Compound Index Family commenced. The administrator of POLSTR is GPW Benchmark SA – an entity holding authorization from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority and entered in the register of benchmark administrators maintained by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA).

        September 2025 – the SC announced that the first application of the POLSTR interest rate index in the domestic financial market took place on 1 September 2025. Therefore, POLSTR gained a status of a benchmark in accordance with the requirements of the EU Benchmark Regulation. The SC announced the adoption of recommendations for new banking, leasing and factoring products based on POLSTR. GPW Benchmark SA issued a statement on the discontinuation of the calculation of WIBID and WIBOR reference rates for selected fixing tenors.

        November 2025 - the Ministry of Finance carried out the first pilot issue of treasury bonds based on the POLSTR benchmark during a sales auction. 

        December 2025 - the SC of the NWG adopted the Recommendation for the legacy portfolio in PLN in the business customer segment, specifying the rules for replacing references to the WIBOR/WIBID benchmarks with the POLSTR benchmark or benchmarks from the POLSTR Compound Index Family.

Adaptation of the Group

Changes resulting from the BMR Regulation affect contracts, instrument valuations and IT processes. Since the third quarter of 2020, the Group has been implementing an adjustment project comprising:

        contingency plans in contracts and regulations,

        adjustment of products, systems and hedge accounting,

        annexing contracts and implementing market standards,

        cooperation with the sector regarding the interpretation of regulations.

The project involves many Bank units and subsidiaries (PKO Bank Hipoteczny S.A., PKO Leasing S.A., PKO Faktoring S.A.). The Group monitors the risks, but at the current stage it is not possible to estimate the financial impact of the reform. The withdrawal of products based on WIBOR/WIBID and the introduction of products with the new benchmark will take place gradually.

Exposures with interest rate based on WIBOR – financial and off-balance sheet assets and liabilities

 31.12.2025

31.12.2024

Amounts due from banks

1,604

 3,115

Securities

24,208

 21,489

Reverse repo transactions

565

 589

Loans and advances to customers

208,087

 210,516

Total assets

234,464

 235,709

 

Reverse repo transactions

 22 

-

Amounts due to banks

4

-

Amounts due to customers

 9,295

 8,130

Subordinated liabilities

 6,309

 4,291

Liabilities in respect of debt securities in issue

 11,616

 8,551

Provisions for financial liabilities and guarantees granted

 259

 254

Total liabilities

 27,505

 21,226

Financial liabilities and guarantees granted

 47,640

 37,679

Hedging derivatives - nominal value

 87,170

86,337

For new variable interest loans in foreign currencies, the Group applies risk-free rates (RFRs), e.g. SARON for CHF, SOFR for USD, SONIA for GBP. Interest is calculated on a daily basis or using compound interest rates “in advance” (based on historical rates) or “in arrears” (at the end of the interest period).

In financial market transactions, the Group applies the ISDA Protocol standard, executing and settling transactions using compound risk-free rates.

        hedge accounting

The amendments to IFRS allow for the assumption that future cash flows – although subject to changes in the future as a result of the transition to alternative reference rates – are still highly probable and thus the existing hedging relationships can be maintained.

69.  Events that occurred after the date on which the financial statements are prepared

      On 20 January 2026, the Extraordinary General Shareholders' Meeting of the Bank, pursuant to Article 385 § 1 of the Commercial Companies Code, appointed Mr. Grzegorz Mazurek to the Supervisory Board.

      On 3 February 2026, the Bank adopted a resolution to increase the maximum amount of the Bank's own bond issuance programme on the domestic market from PLN 5 billion to PLN 9 billion or the equivalent of this amount in other currencies.

      On 27 February 2026, an entry was made in the National Court Register regarding the merger of Masterlease sp. z o.o. and Prime Car Management S.A. (subsidiaries of PKO Leasing S.A.). The company's name was changed from Prime Car Management S.A. to PKO Masterlease S.A.

      On 3 March 2026, the Bank received an individual recommendation from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (KNF), in which the KNF confirmed that the Bank meets the requirements to pay a dividend of up to 75% of the profit for 2025, provided that the maximum payment amount does not exceed the annual profit reduced by the portion of the 2025 profit already included in own funds. The Bank included in own funds part of the net profit earned in the first half of 2025 in the amount of PLN 1,322,271,645 at the standalone level. At the same time, the KNF recommended that the Bank limit the risks arising in its operations by refraining—without prior consultation with the supervisory authority—from undertaking other actions, in particular those outside the scope of its ongoing business and operational activities, that could result in a reduction of own funds, including any potential dividend payments from undistributed profits from previous years as well as buybacks or redemptions of own shares.

SIGNATURES OF ALL MEMBERS OF THE BANK’S MANAGEMENT BOARD

 

Szymon Midera

President of the Management Board

Krzysztof Dresler

Vice-President of the Management Board

Ludmiła Falak-Cyniak

Vice-President of the Management Board

Piotr Mazur

Vice-President of the Management Board

Tomasz Pol

Vice-President of the Management Board

Marek Radzikowski

Vice-President of the Management Board

Michał Sobolewski

Vice-President of the Management Board

Mariusz Zarzycki

Vice-President of the Management Board

 

SIGNATURE OF A PERSON WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING THE ACCOUNTING RECORDS

 

Danuta Szymańska         Director of the accounting division

 

 

 

 

The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signatures